Hiscox Ltd
Report and
Accounts
2010
Contents
About the Hiscox Group
1 Corporate highlights
2 Why invest in Hiscox?
3 Chairman’s statement
5 Chief Executive’s report
12 Hiscox business structure
13 Hiscox distribution
14 People
Financial review
16 Group financial performance
18 Group investments
Governance and remuneration
21 Risk management
26 Corporate responsibility
Insurance carriers
28
32 Board of Directors
34 Corporate governance
37 Directors’ remuneration report
46 Directors’ report
47
Directors’ responsibilities statement
Financial summary
48
Independent auditors’ report
49 Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of
49
comprehensive income
50 Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement
51
of changes in equity
Consolidated statement
of cash flows
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
53
52
100 Five year summary
Our ambition is to be a highly
respected specialist insurer with
a diverse portfolio by product
and geography. We believe
that building balance between
catastrophe-exposed business
and less volatile local specialty
business gives us opportunities
for profitable growth throughout
the insurance cycle.
Our strategy is:
to use our underwriting expertise
in London and Bermuda to write
high-margin volatile or complex risks;
to build our distribution in the UK, Europe
and the US for our specialist retail products;
to protect and nurture our distinctive culture
and ethos by recruiting the best people,
and by focusing on organic growth.
Strategic focus
Total Group controlled income for 2010
31% Reinsurance
4% Large property
4% Global errors
and omissions
6% Specialty – terrorism,
specie, political risks,
aerospace
9% Marine and energy
100% = £1,671m
Local errors and omissions
and commercial
13%
Tech and media errors
and omissions
3%
Art and
private client
17%
Specialty –
kidnap and ransom,
contingency, bloodstock,
personal accident
9%
Small property
4%
Corporate
highlights
Group key performance indicators
Gross premiums written (£m)
Net premiums earned (£m)
Profit before tax (£m)
Profit after tax (£m)
Earnings per share (p)
Total dividend per share for year (p)
Net asset value per share (p)
Group combined ratio excluding foreign exchange (%)
Group combined ratio (%)
Return on equity (%)
Operational highlights
2010
2009
1,432.7
1,435.4
1,131.2
1,098.1
211.4
178.8
47.2
16.5
320.6
280.5
75.2
15.0
332.7
299.2
89.8
89.3
16.5
82.2
86.0
30.1
Hiscox London Market focused on margin over growth, reducing income by 13.6%
and delivering profits of £121.4 million despite catastrophes.
Specialist retail businesses in the UK and Europe delivered good growth and doubled
profits, again despite catastrophes.
Rates still attractive in reinsurance and stable in other specialty lines.
The first ‘direct from insurer’ small business offering in the US launched with promising early results.
Net asset value p per share
Dividend p per share
3.6%
Investment return
332.7
16.5
15.0
299.2
2009
2010
2009
2010
Corporate highlights Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
1
Why invest
in Hiscox?
We are a leading specialist
insurer with:
balance that
creates opportunity
throughout the cycle;
strong financial
performance;
a transparent
approach to risk;
specialist expertise
that is valued by
our customers.
Our business
A balanced portfolio that creates
opportunity throughout a cyclical market
Hiscox’s strategy is to balance the more volatile
catastrophe-exposed insurance and reinsurance
with steady local specialty insurance. Our
diversity by product and geography gives us
great flexibility, particularly in a tough commercial
environment. We are able to grow and shrink
the catastrophe-exposed lines according
to market conditions. Currently, rates for
reinsurance, which makes up almost a third
of our income, are healthy. When these rates
are no longer favourable, we have the flexibility
to shrink this side of the business. Our local
specialty insurance business tends to be
steadier throughout the insurance cycle and
we have successfully grown our retail lines
by 11.3% year-on-year over the last five years.
Our performance
Strong financial performance
Hiscox has a strong record of top-line growth
with a focus on ROE. Performance highlights
between 2006 and 2010 include:
increased gross written premiums
by 27.2% to over £1.4 billion
healthy combined ratio averaging 85.0%
delivered average ROE of 22.7%
maintained a progressive dividend policy
with compound growth of 13.3%.
Our expertise
A transparent approach to risk
The very business of insurance is managing risk.
The understanding of risk is intrinsic to every
level of decision-making in the Group. We devote
a great deal of expertise to understanding
the impact of global events and model these
rigorously. We also draw on over 100 years of
experience in insurance to assess these risks.
Catastrophes such as hurricanes and earthquakes
could hit at any time, and naturally would have
an impact on our business. Therefore twice a
year, in our analysts’ presentations and on our
website, we publish estimates of what the Group’s
losses would be should such a catastrophe occur.
Our people
Specialist expertise that is valued
by our customers
We are market leaders in many of our specialist
areas and our customers value the expertise
and cover we provide.
What our UK customers said:*
98% of business insurance customers were
satisfied that we spoke to them in a clear
way and avoided using financial jargon
over 90% of our home insurance customers
surveyed were satisfied with the way we
settled their claim.
In Europe, a survey** of our brokers saw Hiscox
rated the top insurer for superb service and the
best claims service.
In 2010 Hiscox UK was awarded Specialist
Insurance Provider of the Year by Spears
Wealth Management and became a Which?
recommended provider for home and contents
insurance. On the commercial side, Hiscox UK
won Best Small Business Insurance award
for the second year running at the Start Your
Business Awards 2010.
* Results from our monthly customer satisfaction survey for customers
telephoning one of our UK-based contact centres.
** Results from a survey of 301 existing household/commercial brokers
in Belgium, France, Germany and the Netherlands between November
2010 and January 2011.
Building a balanced business
Gross premiums written at 100% level (£m)
Hiscox Bermuda
Hiscox London Market – Volatile
Hiscox USA
Hiscox Guernsey
Hiscox London Market – Retail
Hiscox Europe
Hiscox UK
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
603
514
480
370
379
378
422
403
413
244
1,713
1,671
1,476
1,407
1,390
1,083
1,111
1,105
941
780
2
Why invest in Hiscox? Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Chairman’s
statement
Robert Hiscox
Chairman
In our 2010 Interim Statement I said that
a half-year profit of £97.2 million was a
testament to the strength of our business
given the unnatural number of natural
catastrophes (and one massive oil spill)
during the period. Well, Mother Nature
has well and truly tested us further in the
second half and a full-year pre-tax profit
of £211.4 million is further strong evidence
of the resilience of our business.
Our long-term strategy has been to build
a balanced book of international businesses,
retreating from any area when the competition
gets foolish and advancing when we can charge
the proper price. It seems an immutable rule
of insurance that a big loss will hit the area of
weakest rates, and this year has proved the rule.
We were underweight in Chile, New Zealand
and Australia, had declined a significant insured
in the oil spill and had pruned our UK household
book, as our view was that each area was
under-rated for just the catastrophes which
have occurred.
Results
The result for the year ending 31 December
2010 was a profit before tax of £211.4 million
(2009: £320.6 million) on a gross written
premium of £1,432.7 million (2009: £1,435.4
million). The combined ratio was 89.3% (2009:
86.0%). Earnings per share on profits after tax
were 47.2p (2009: 75.2p) and net assets per
share increased to 332.7p (2009: 299.2p).
The return on equity was 16.5% (2009: 30.1%).
Dividend, balance sheet and capital
management
The Board proposes to pay a final dividend
of 11.5p (2009: 10.5p) on 21 June 2011 to
shareholders on the register on 13 May 2011,
making total dividends for the year of 16.5p
(2009: 15.0p) an increase of 10%, in line with
our policy of steady dividend growth. Subject
to shareholder approval at the forthcoming
Annual General Meeting, a scrip dividend
alternative to the cash dividend is to be offered
to shareholders and the Company’s Dividend
Access Plan will be suspended. The balance
of profit retained helps to increase the net asset
value per share which, combined with dividend
growth, underpins the share price. Growth in
net assets per share will inexorably drive the
share price up whatever rating Mr Market puts
on our shares or the sector.
New Directors
In December we appointed two distinguished
and very experienced new Non Executive
Directors, Richard Gillingwater and Robert
(Bob) McMillan, to the Hiscox Ltd board. Richard
Gillingwater is currently the Dean of Cass
Business School and brings vital knowledge
from his experience in the financial services
sector. Richard has now been appointed Senior
Independent Director replacing Andrea Rosen
who was acting in the role following the death
of Sir Mervyn Pedelty in January 2010. Bob
McMillan has been a member of our US board
since 2007 and his knowledge of retail insurance
from his time with the Progressive Insurance
Company has proved invaluable.
Courage and creativity
It takes courage to go against the herd,
to pioneer in new areas, or to say no to major
suppliers of business. In 1993, when Bronek
Masojada joined, we were a simple underwriting
agency. It would have been easy to remain so,
solely managing syndicates in Lloyd’s. It would
have been easy to have expanded through
Lloyd’s only, or outside Lloyd’s in the UK only;
it would have been easy to accept business only
from brokers. As it is, since 1993, we have raised
the capital to go from agent to principal, formed
insurance companies, opened offices in
Bermuda, throughout the UK, Europe and the
USA, expanded our distribution channels to
include direct offerings, and moved our domicile
to Bermuda. Our leading value is courage, and
we will continue to develop the business in our
own way while watching closely, but not
following, the herd.
Our emphasis has always been on organic
growth and start-ups which are tougher than
the instant gratification of acquisitions, but mean
that we build what we want. Investing is a word
used by politicians to cover expenditure so I am
reluctant to use it on our expansion in new areas,
but new ventures take time to grow to profitability
and I do consider them an excellent investment.
We have written off the cost of building
businesses against the profits of the day, and
those businesses are now in many cases yielding
a handsome return. Our UK and European
regional offices are now an indispensable and
profitable part of our distribution, and I believe
our US offices will be so too when they reach
critical mass. Our direct business in the UK now
makes good money and has enormous growth
potential. Our new direct offering in the US –
the first direct commercial policy from an insurer –
is in pre-marketing phase and showing promise.
The insurance cycle
General insurance is a great business as there
is an insatiable and constantly growing demand
for it. What drives rates up and down is supply
of capital in the industry, combined with
management weakness.
A small example of management weakness:
the premium for piracy of ships in the Gulf of
Aden can be calculated very roughly by relating
the number of journeys through the Gulf to
the number of successful kidnaps by pirates.
We had built a rating for this and were trading
successfully when the competition decided
to under-cut our rates by about 50%. At the
same time, the pirates doubled their demands.
How can any management allow an underwriter
to compete at a quarter of the rates of the
established market? We have continued
to quote the sensible rate which effectively leads
to our doing less business. We will be back when
our competitors realise their folly and withdraw
from the market, as some already have.
Chairman’s statement Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Chairman’s statement Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
3
3
Chairman’s
statement
continued
The future
We are building a business with a brand based
on trust. We strive to offer flexible, intelligent
underwriting backed by great service which
people will want to buy for peace of mind,
knowing they will be made good in times of loss,
and definitely not because it is the cheapest in
the market. But our brand has to be built on the
behaviour of our people, and I am very grateful
to them for their excellent work which led us
to be voted the most trusted insurer in the UK.
When I see the calibre of the staff throughout
the Group, I am confident that the creativity and
growth of the last decade will continue strongly
over the next.
Robert Hiscox
Chairman
28 February 2011
Fortunately the reinsurance market is more
disciplined as are many of the areas in which
we specialise. We will not compete to hold
market share but will underwrite selectively
regardless of top line. There is talk that a major
market loss is needed to turn the market, and
it would appear that some competitors are
hanging on to business at the wrong rate hoping
that a big bang somewhere will enable them to
increase the price. I personally hope that there
continues to be a constant attrition of medium
losses and no major event so that discipline
has to be learnt the hard way.
Broker remuneration
The vast majority of our business comes from
brokers and undoubtedly always will. Their job
is a difficult one. They have to assess the risks
of their diverse clients and transfer those risks
to insurers at a reasonable price. Their definition
of reasonable and ours will obviously sometimes
conflict, and we must have the discipline to say
no – sometimes not easy to do to a robust
provider of business.
A deficiency in the insurance market has long
been how the broker is remunerated. The clients
should pay the broker, as they do their other
advisers, for the advice given and the work done
to transfer the risks. However, in our market, the
insurer has traditionally paid the brokers through
giving them a slice of the premium as brokerage
or commission. This not only leads to obvious
conflicts (the higher the premium, the bigger
the pay; the placing of business with the highest
payer of commission not the best insurer),
but also made the clients believe that they got
the services of brokers for nothing. As fees have
properly grown to be the correct way to pay the
broker, the broker fraternity have had to learn
how to cost their services, and have been
reluctant to charge the proper fee. They have
also competed with each other to a ridiculous
extent on fees. Not getting enough revenue as
a result, they bring pressure on the insurers to
make up the deficiency. This is a big issue at the
moment, and I just hope that it will be resolved
sensibly before a solution is imposed either by
the law, or again by a crusading regulator.
4
Chairman’s statement Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Chief Executive’s
report
Bronek Masojada
Chief Executive
Hiscox Group rating index
Index level (%). 12-month rolling period
Reinsurance
Insurance
In 2010 Hiscox made a pre-tax profit of
£211.4 million, a good result considering
the low returns on offer in the investment
markets and the large number of catastrophes
the industry faced. This result reflects
the diverse strengths of our businesses:
Hiscox London Market and Hiscox Bermuda
showed outstanding discipline in their
risk selection, while our specialist retail
businesses in the UK, Europe and Guernsey
strengthened their market positions by
focusing on quality products sold at a fair
price with a fast and friendly claims service;
our US business continues to build critical
mass in a difficult market.
2011 will test the industry further as prices
remain under pressure and investment returns
diminish. Our long-term strategy of balance and
diversification has built a business designed for
these conditions. Hiscox always plans for profit
throughout the cycle, so our London Market and
Bermudian businesses will maintain the same
excellent underwriting discipline they showed
in 2010 and it will be the turn of our specialist
retail businesses to drive the Group forward.
Hiscox London Market
Our London Market business has been the
powerhouse of the Group. It delivered a pre-tax
profit of £121.4 million (2009: £179.9 million).
This result, though lower than 2009, was
helped by some canny underwriting decisions,
particularly around Deepwater Horizon and the
Chilean earthquake. In each case disciplined
underwriting, with a focus on margin over volume,
led us to incur claims that were substantially
below the market average. This discipline also
led to a reduced premium income of £572.7
million (2009: £663.0 million), a trend that will
continue in 2011.
The London Market business is managed
through the following six product lines:
Reinsurance: This remains our largest
line of business, accounting for £234.9
million of premium income. This division
took the brunt of Hiscox losses arising from
Chile and New Zealand – amongst others –
but the fact that it still made a profit shows
the excellence of its people and portfolio.
It enjoys a great reputation in the market,
which has enabled it to attract substantial
quota share reinsurance support from other
syndicates and major European and global
insurers. This allows us to play an influential
role in the market while keeping within our
risk appetite. The important January 1
renewals were largely within our expectations,
with modest reductions in pricing. Margins
remain attractive but this line of business
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Fe b 05 – Jan 06
A pr 05 – M ar 06
Jun 05 – M ay 06
A u g 05 – Jul 06
O ct 05 – S e p 06
Fe b 06 – Jan 07
A pr 06 – M ar 07
Jun 06 – M ay 07
A u g 06 – Jul 07
O ct 06 – S e p 07
D ec 06 – N ov 07
Fe b 07 – Jan 08
A pr 07 – M ar 08
Jun 07 – M ay 08
A u g 07 – Jul 08
O ct 07 – S e p 08
D ec 07 – N ov 08
Fe b 08 – Jan 09
A pr 08 – M ar 09
Jun 08 – M ay 09
A u g 08 – Jul 09
O ct 08 – S e p 09
A pr 09 – M ar 10
D ec 08 – N ov 09
Fe b 08 – Jan 10
O ct 09 – S e pt 10
D ec 09 – N ov 10
Jun 09 – M ay 10
A u g 09 – Jul 10
Fe b 10 – Jan 11
D ec 05 – N ov 06
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
5
Chief Executive’s
report continued
Hiscox London Market
2010
£m
2009
£m
Gross premiums written
572.7 663.0
Net premiums earned
396.1 453.3
Underwriting profi t
Investment result
Foreign exchange
70.6
136.0
39.1
79.7
11.7
(35.8)
Profi t before tax
121.4
179.9
Combined ratio
79.7% 78.8%
Combined ratio excluding
foreign exchange
81.8% 71.0%
Hiscox UK
2010
£m
2009
£m
Gross premiums written
327.0 304.0
Net premiums earned
302.6
261.0
Underwriting profi t
Investment result
Foreign exchange
Profi t before tax
16.2
7.3
12.4
22.7
0.2
(0.9)
28.8
29.1
Combined ratio
94.6% 97.9%
Combined ratio excluding
foreign exchange
94.7% 97.6%
will shrink gradually as we trim our
exposures in response to lower rates.
Property: Our primary focus is
catastrophe-exposed property risks of
global companies, homeowners and small
businesses. Property rates have been
under pressure for some time and we have
substantially reduced premium income
to £95.7 million (2009: £137.4 million).
Our experience is that good underwriting
decisions like these, although painful
to execute in the short-term, serve the
business well over the long-term. We will
return to serve customers with our previous
risk appetite when our competitors, who
have made this segment uneconomic,
retreat nursing their losses, as they inevitably
will. As regards our non-catastrophe-
exposed activities, during the year we
entered the mechanical equipment
insurance market through a relationship
with a respected underwriting team.
Marine and energy: Good disciplined
underwriting based on sound appreciation
of the technical facts meant we had
minimal exposure to those affected by the
Deepwater Horizon loss. We have achieved
good results in this sector and have the risk
appetite to expand if rates rise during the
course of 2011.
Specialty: Our specialty lines benefit
from operating in niche markets including
personal accident, event cancellation and
abandonment, terrorism, political risks and
kidnap and ransom. Specialty continues
to perform well and has enjoyed significant
releases from reserves as recoveries were
made on political risk claims.
Casualty: This market, particularly US
casualty, remains under pressure and
so this line shrank during the year. We had
expected to see some losses arising out
of the global financial crisis but, so far, these
have not materialised. We expect to remain
a modest participant in this market for as
long as rates remain at their current levels.
Aviation and aerospace: Hiscox has
had a long-standing participation in the
insurance of satellites, both at launch
and in orbit. Savvy technical ability meant
that we were not involved in some of
the major losses that affected this class
during the year. We also welcomed to
Hiscox a specialist aviation team, who
came on board in the second half of
the year. Our goal is to build a material
business, but only when conditions
are right.
Looking forward, we expect pricing in the
London Market to remain challenging. Generally
market prices are under pressure, so it is only
through increasingly selective underwriting
that we can retain business at attractive prices.
We are convinced this is the right approach,
even though it may mean that our premium
income (and exposure) falls in the year ahead.
Hiscox UK and Europe
Our businesses in the UK and mainland Europe
have a focus on art and private client insurance
for wealthy individuals, property and liability
insurance of small commercial enterprises,
and on errors and omissions insurance for
technology and media businesses. We market
our products through brokers and direct to our
customers. In the year we have seen continued
growth while increasing our profitability. Total
profit before tax for the year was £39.6 million
(2009: £20.5 million) on total premium income
of £454.7 million (2009: £421.0 million).
Hiscox UK: Hiscox UK’s premium income
grew by 7.6% to £327.0 million (2009:
£304.0 million) and the combined ratio
improved to 94.6% (2009: 97.9%). Profits
remained virtually flat at £28.8 million (2009:
£29.1 million) despite total catastrophe
losses of £28 million arising from the
UK freezes in January and November/
December and event cancellation losses
arising from the Icelandic volcanic ash
cloud. In addition, Hiscox UK experienced
some recession-related errors and omission
losses. This good performance shows
the resilience of our business. The art and
private client team deserves to be singled
out for praise. In late 2009 they decided
that on technical grounds prices were
inadequate and implemented price rises
of approximately 5% in a falling market.
Their discipline was rewarded by a profitable
result despite the many challenges of the
year. Our commercial area achieved profits,
albeit at lower levels than 2009. The direct
business continues to expand with the top
line growing by almost 20%. This business
achieved a good level of profit in aggregate.
In addition to the benefits of good
underwriting, Hiscox UK has also seen the
fruits of a sustained focus on expense ratio.
We are positive about the future. We have
entered a new underwriting partnership
with Dual, an established MGA, where
we have taken a 25% share of their existing
book of business. We also expect to see
our direct business continue to develop.
We are cautious about our broker-generated
business as we believe that the market
will remain soft. The ability of Hiscox UK
to withstand market pressures in 2010
shows the strength of our specialist market
position and we are confident that it will
continue to enhance the value of the Group
going forward.
Hiscox Europe: Hiscox Europe had a
tremendous year and made a profit of €11.9
million (2009: €0.4 million). The top line grew
by 11.5% to €146.7 million (2009: €131.6
million), and it achieved a combined ratio
of 97.4% (2009: 114.6%). This improvement
6
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Hiscox Europe
2010
€m
2009
€m
Gross premiums written
146.7
131.6
Net premiums earned
134.7
123.2
Underwriting profi t/(loss)
Investment result
Foreign exchange
6.2
5.7
–
(15.8)
16.2
–
Profi t before tax
11.9
0.4
Combined ratio
97.4% 114.6%
Combined ratio excluding
foreign exchange
97.4% 114.6%
Hiscox International
2010
£m
2009
£m
Gross premiums written
405.2
351.4
Net premiums earned
312.9
277.5
Underwriting profi t
Investment result
Foreign exchange
Profi t before tax
18.1
59.5
27.6
57.7
(2.6)
7.0
43.1
124.2
Combined ratio
97.3% 76.3%
Combined ratio excluding
foreign exchange
96.4% 78.6%
was driven by a number of factors. First, we
have made progress in breaking down the
silos separating country units, ensuring that
lessons learned in one market are rapidly
transferred to the others. Second, our
creation of a pan-European service centre
in Lisbon has allowed us to take advantage
of pan-European economies of scale.
Third, our decision to invest in the growth
of our smaller commercial and technology
businesses has paid off; and, fourth, the
art and private client teams improved the
quality of their book with the application
of a more sophisticated pricing approach.
We also created a new specialty line that sells
kidnap and ransom and related products
from our local offices to local brokers
and experimented with a direct offering
in France. In aggregate, these actions
drove growth, improved the loss ratio and
reduced the expense ratio. Hiscox Europe
is, I believe, now in a position to become
a sustainable contributor to the Group.
Hiscox International
Hiscox International comprises our businesses
in Bermuda, Guernsey and the US. Aggregate
premium written grew by 15.3% to £405.2 million
(2009: £351.4 million), though profits dropped
to £43.1 million (2009: £124.2 million).
Hiscox Bermuda: Our Bermudian
business, supported by a significant third-
party quota share reinsurance, was able to
grow its income by 15.6% to $303.8 million
(2009: $262.9 million). After a relatively loss-
free 2009, profits were hit by the Chilean
and New Zealand earthquakes. During the
year our healthcare team established itself
as a sensible player in the market. In 2011
we expect to see pricing in the reinsurance
market remain under pressure and as a
result our Bermuda business will shrink.
Hiscox Guernsey: The team showed great
discipline in the piracy market, increasing
prices in the face of increasing attacks,
higher demands from pirates and the
bizarre decision of some of our competitors
to slash their prices. This inevitably led to
a reduction in piracy revenues but Hiscox
Guernsey remained overall flat. Our fine art
business had a very good year with modest
growth in premiums and increased profits.
Our team in Guernsey also provides
product leadership for kidnap and ransom
across the Group, and their hard work
during the year saw us consolidate our
position as a worldwide leader in this field,
with particular growth in Europe, the US
and Latin America.
Hiscox USA: Hiscox USA had a tough year.
Premiums grew 22.4% to $198.3 million
(2009: $162.1 million), but profitability was
weak, in part due to some claims from long-
standing large technology risks. In early
2009 we made a significant investment in
the operation, believing that the financial
crisis would allow us to recruit good people
and that customers’ concerns about
financial stability would lead to a re-rating
in the market. We were correct in our first
assumption and are very pleased with
the strength of talent we attracted, but the
effective guarantee given by the government
to some of the weaker players meant
that rather than a market re-rating, prices
actually fell further. Our philosophy of
underwriting for profit over volume meant
that in this challenging pricing environment
we did not reach the scale we expected.
In the middle of 2010 we took decisive action
and adapted accordingly. We decided to
focus our errors and omissions and property
business through wholesale brokers only
and to concentrate our specialist lines
(kidnap and ransom, terrorism, construction,
media and not-for-profit directors and
officers) on major brokers in those niches.
This led to the sale of our animal mortality
business and the closure of our Boston
office. These swift but necessary actions
will allow us to keep focusing on building
a quality business in what remains a very
difficult market.
A milestone was the launch of our US direct
commercial business. Our test site opened for
business in November 2010, selling errors and
omissions, commercial general liability and
property owners’ business to firms of zero to
ten employees in 15 states. We expect to work
on improving our processes and infrastructure
during the first quarter of 2011 and once this is
stable and working effectively we will support the
business with a significant marketing investment.
We expect that in time we will see a repeat of the
success we enjoy in the UK.
Claims
It is only when a customer claims that you
can live up to your brand promise. Our claims
operations across the world were tested during
2010 and the team rose to the challenge. The
year began with the challenges of Windstorm
Xynthia and a freeze in the UK. It was followed
by the earthquake in Chile and losses arising
from the Icelandic volcanic ash cloud. The year
continued with Deepwater Horizon, the New
Zealand earthquake, riots in Thailand, the
December freeze in the UK and, finally, the
beginning of the Australian floods. Throughout
this succession of calamities our claims teams
have paid claims with the utmost efficiency
and effectiveness. We strongly believe that
a claim paid fairly and fast creates a competitive
advantage, and judging by customer feedback
we largely achieve this goal.
In my statement last year I expressed our
concerns about the proposed Lloyd’s Claims
Scheme. Some of these seem to have been
recognised now by others in the market and
we hope that as Lloyd’s finalises changes in
2011 it takes these concerns on board. We firmly
believe that the need to provide a single point
of notification for all claims, to differentiate
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
7
Chief Executive’s
report continued
between large and small claims and to provide
a market-wide service for small claims must be
recognised. Lloyd’s claims handling, particularly
on syndicated risks, is the cornerstone of its
enviable reputation, so it is imperative that the
market provides an effective unified solution.
Investments
During the year our investment portfolio,
excluding derivatives, delivered a return of
£98.8 million, a yield of 3.6% on an average
portfolio of £2,717.5 million. The market was
testing but on balance rewarded those prepared
to take some measured risk. As a result our
bond portfolio performed well, as our decision
to maintain a healthy allocation to credit paid off.
Our risk assets, a selection of equity and hedge
funds, produced a good return but in aggregate
under-performed their long only equity
benchmark. The composition and benchmarking
of risk assets will be a focus of attention in 2011.
We expect market returns in the near term,
particularly from bonds and cash, to remain
low. However, we prefer to preserve the balance
sheet, accepting the lower income on offer,
rather than to stretch further for yield in credit,
duration or structured products.
Operations and IT
As our specialist retail businesses have grown
we have needed to increase the robustness
of our processes. Last year, across the Group,
we issued 370,000 policies and settled 40,000
claims. We rely on the efforts of many dedicated
and professional operations and IT staff to
deliver the services and infrastructure to do this
effectively. Their high standards and those of our
front line underwriters and claims handlers have
helped us build the best reputation of any UK
insurer, according to a 2010 consumer study
by the Reputation Institute. The reduction in our
expense ratios in the UK and Europe reflects the
improving efficiency of our processes. Over a
four-year period this has dropped by 6%, making
a substantial contribution to profits.
We can never be satisfied with how we are doing.
During 2010 we conducted a ‘lean’ process
review of a number of areas. In each case we
identified significant improvements, whether
in the timeliness of our underwriting reviews,
the quality of our data or the cost of our service.
The implementation of these recommendations
will, over time, lead to continued improvements
in our expense ratio.
Solvency II
The European insurance industry is in the
midst of a tremendous change driven by the
introduction of a new regulatory framework
called Solvency II. The framework has three
essential elements called ‘pillars’: Pillar 1 covers
the amount of capital we must hold; Pillar 2
focuses on governance and risk management;
Pillar 3 on transparency and disclosure. As a
Bermuda domiciled group we are in a slightly
anomalous situation. We expect to apply
Solvency II principles consistently across our
Group, with the Bermuda Monetary Authority
8
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Actively managed business mix
Total Group controlled premium December 2010: £1,671m
(Year-on-year change in original currency)
(-1.1%)
£516m
Marine
Non-marine
Aviation
Whole account
(+3.2%)
£282m
Home and
contents
Fine art
Classic car
(+24.6%)
£262m
Professional
liabilities
Errors and
omissions
Directors and
officers’
liability
Commercial
office
Small
technology
and media
E&O
(-9.1%)
£250m
Kidnap and
ransom
Contingency
Terrorism
Bloodstock
Specie
Personal
accident
Political risks
Aviation
Aerospace
(-28.6%)
£143m
(+0.2%)
£143m
Marine hull
Energy liability
Upstream-
midstream
energy
Managing
general agents
Commercial
property
Onshore
energy
USA
homeowners
(-7.6%)
£75m
Professional
indemnity
Large
technology
and media E&O
Reinsurance
Art and
private client
Local E&O and
commercial
Specialty
Property
Marine
and energy
Global E&O
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
9
Chief Executive’s
report continued
business has improved the quality of its business
thanks to co-ordinated actions over an extended
period. Our claims teams make difficult
decisions every day – whether resolving
a coverage dispute between terrorism and
property insurers without the client being
adversely affected or dealing with many personal
difficulties arising from the UK freeze. It is our
ambition to ensure that Hiscox remains a place
where the individual makes the difference no
matter how much we grow – and with the quality
and dedication of the staff who work for us
across the globe I feel confident that this ethos
will continue to be central to our business.
Outlook
The markets in which we operate have become
progressively more challenging over the past
three years, and we expect the trend of
increasing competition and falling prices
(BMA) acting as our lead regulator, but with
collaboration with the Financial Services
Authority (FSA) and Lloyd’s in the UK, and other
regulators in other jurisdictions. The BMA has
applied to the EU for approval as an ‘equivalent
regulator’ – effectively that European supervisors
can rely on its judgement – and it is making great
progress on meeting the various tests which
will be applied to it. Success in achieving
equivalence will mean that Hiscox is able to apply
a single consistent framework across the Group.
In many ways Solvency II is simply a formalisation
of existing risk management systems used
within our business. We have a well developed
enterprise risk management approach which
has been judged effective by some of the rating
agencies. We have also been very transparent
to shareholders on the underwriting risks we
run. For many years we have published on our
website and annual report our ‘boxplot and
whisker’ chart which gives shareholders a clear
view of the estimated losses we could suffer in
the event of major catastrophes. At the moment
we are assuming that Bermuda will achieve
equivalence and that we will implement the
Solvency II approach across the whole Group.
We are therefore in constant communication
with the BMA, the UK’s FSA and Lloyd’s
of London on the path to implementing
Solvency II within Hiscox.
The challenges of Solvency II arise from the fact
that its rules are yet to be fully formulated, from
the UK’s well known tendency to ‘gold plate’
European Directives, and that the FSA itself
is undergoing wrenching organisational and
philosophical changes at the same time as
Solvency II is being formulated and implemented.
The challenges for all those involved in the
process can be summed up by the fact that
our application for approval under Solvency II
is expected to reach 5,000 pages, and it is
thought that the FSA will receive over 100
similar applications. One has to feel sorry for
the teams who have to read and approve all
the applications.
Achieving effective implementation of
Solvency II is one of the Group’s top priorities
in 2011 and 2012.
People
Insurance is an industry where the decisions
and actions by staff on the front line make
a crucial difference to the performance of their
businesses. We are lucky at Hiscox in having
staff who not only enjoy this responsibility
and the challenges which it brings, but who
also make the right decisions for our business
and its customers. Our exposure to Deepwater
Horizon is minimal thanks to a single sound
underwriting decision. Our US catastrophe-
exposed property portfolio has shrunk thanks
to a team exercising discipline. Our UK art
and private client business has performed well
despite some terrible weather and thanks to
brave underwriting decisions going against the
market trend. Our European art and private client
10
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
to continue. In this environment our strategy
of building our retail businesses to balance
the more volatile big-ticket businesses will
come into its own. We will allow our big-ticket
businesses in Bermuda and London to shrink
as they focus on margin over volume, while
at the same time we expect our specialist retail
businesses to grow their revenue and profits.
These specialist retail businesses offer products
that are clearly distinct from those of their
competitors; they have developed reputations
for excellent standards of service and for paying
claims fairly. This combination will stand our
employees, customers and shareholders
in good stead.
Bronek Masojada
Chief Executive
28 February 2011
The Hiscox Group
has over 1,100 staff
in 11 countries.
Bermuda
Hamilton
Europe
Amsterdam
Bordeaux
Brussels
Cologne
Dublin
Hamburg
Lisbon
Lyon
Madrid
Munich
Paris
Guernsey
St Peter Port
Latin American
gateway
Miami
UK
Birmingham
Colchester
Glasgow
Leeds
London
Maidenhead
Manchester
USA
Armonk (New York)
Atlanta
Chicago
Kansas City (Missouri)
Los Angeles
New York City
San Francisco
Chief Executive’s report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
11
Hiscox business
structure
Hiscox
London Market
Hiscox
International
Hiscox
UK and Europe
Hiscox
London Market
Hiscox
Bermuda
Hiscox
Guernsey
Hiscox
USA
Hiscox
UK
Hiscox
Europe
Russell Merrett
Managing Director
Charles Dupplin
Chief Executive
Officer
Steve Camm
Managing Director
Richard Watson
Chief Executive
Officer
Steve Langan
Managing Director
Pierre-Olivier
Desaulle
Managing Director
Global
reinsurance
Group capital
support
Healthcare
insurance
Reinsurance
Property
Marine
and energy
Specialty
Kidnap
and ransom
Terrorism
Political risks
Errors and
omissions
Aviation and
aerospace
Fine art
Kidnap
and ransom
Terrorism
Errors and
omissions
Directors and
officers’ liability
Specialty
Kidnap
and ransom
Terrorism
Technology/
media
Direct to
customer
commercial
business
Property
Fine art
Fine art
High-value
household
Errors and
omissions
High-value
household
Errors and
omissions
Directors and
officers’ liability
Directors and
officers’ liability
Specialty
commercial
Technology/
media
Direct to
customer
household and
commercial
business
Specialty
commercial
Technology/
media
Kidnap
and ransom
Terrorism
Direct to
customer
commercial
business
12
12
Hiscox business structure Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Chairman’s statement Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Hiscox
distribution
Customers facing complex or unusual
risks benefit greatly from the guidance
of a broker or advisor which is why most
specialist insurance is delivered through
an intermediary. Although Hiscox has
a multi-channel distribution strategy, the
vast majority of our business comes from
our broker partners around the world.
Hiscox has a strong history of going out to find
good business, rather than waiting in London
for it to come to us. Hiscox underwriters have
always travelled the world to build long-lasting
relationships with local brokers that showcase
our unique expertise. Previously we brought
that business back to London, but over the past
15 years we have benefited from building a local
presence in a handful of key regional markets.
Why our brand is so important
The old way
of buying
small business
insurance
is over.
Reinventing Small
Business InsuranceTM
LEARN. QUOTE. BUY.
Hiscox has a very strong brand in the
London insurance market, but until
recently, was completely unknown to
UK consumers. To build a successful
direct insurance business it is fundamental
that your target market is aware of and
identifies with your brand, so five years
ago we hired Steve Langan to help us.
He has used the brand and marketing
expertise he gained at Diageo and
Coca-Cola to mastermind Hiscox UK’s
advertising and direct mail campaign.
Many of you will have seen our distinctive
adverts, either on TV, in newspapers or
on billboards. They have helped transmit
Hiscox’s unique culture to a wider
audience: bold, intelligent, freethinking,
straightforward, responsible and with
a passion for good customer service.
Our consistent investment has paid off:
our direct business grew by 22% last year.
In 2010 we had the best reputation of
any UK insurer, a consumer study by the
Reputation Institute found. This is tangible
proof that our marketing investment is
helping us to build a brand that customers
know and trust. What we have learnt in
the UK is guiding our efforts in building
our new direct operations in the US
and in Europe.
Our experience of having offices outside of
London since 1995 has shown us that having
a local presence brings several advantages.
We develop better relationships with regional
brokers, who appreciate our specialist knowledge,
entrepreneurialism and desire to truly understand
their clients’ risks. We have better new business
growth, because we see more submissions
from these intermediaries than we would sitting
in London. And our retention rate is higher, as
this business tends not to move solely on price.
This strategy has worked: over the past ten years
Hiscox UK has grown its broker business by
360%; 69% of this growth has been generated
from brokers based outside of London.
We aim to grow our market share in Western
Europe and the US – regions where we already
operate and where we know there is a strong
appetite for our products. When the opportunity
has arisen to either acquire a good-quality book
of regional business at an attractive price or
to hire an excellent team of local underwriters
we have opened an office, whether in Brussels,
Munich, Armonk or Los Angeles. We now have
28 offices across the world, feeding us good
new risks that help sustain our business.
In continental Europe brokers represent only
30% of our target market so we use a wider
variety of distribution channels here. These
include banks and composite insurers who
are happy for us to cover their clients for their
more specialist risks. This diverse choice
allows clients to buy our products through their
preferred sales channels and it has delivered
steady growth over the past five years, including
11.5% in 2010.
Since 2005, Hiscox has established a network
of offices across the US. Over 40% of the
Group’s revenues come from this market,
mainly through Hiscox London Market, but our
branches throughout the country have enabled
us to capture smaller US corporate risks that
are not seen in the London Market.
Hiscox also has an established direct to
consumer business in the UK that it has built
up since 2005 and newer direct businesses
in the US and France. In all these regions we
specialise in professional and general liability
as well as buildings and office contents cover.
We sell policies directly to professional services
businesses with ten or fewer employees. These
small firms tend to be uneconomic for brokers
as they pay relatively little in premiums. Many
have straightforward specialist needs so are
better suited to getting their cover online. Hiscox
UK has been a great success – it currently insures
38,000 small businesses with an average premium
of £400 – and we have high hopes for our US and
European direct operations. In the UK we also
insure higher value household direct.
Hiscox aims to offer our products and expertise
to new markets and customers via any route they
would prefer.
Hiscox distribution Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
13
People
The quality of our people has been a key
ingredient in our success. Hiscox’s reputation
for innovation and dynamism has been built
in large part on the energy, professionalism,
commitment and expertise of our employees.
3. Motivate
Having attracted and trained the best people
we can find, it is then essential that we keep
them motivated and ensure they thrive in
their roles.
1,164
Total number of staff
at December 2010
The Hiscox Partnership
Senior staff members who have made an
important contribution to the Group’s success
may be appointed as a Hiscox Partner. The
Hiscox Partnership, which numbers up to 5%
of the total number of staff, is informed of all
the strategic decisions and facts and figures
of the Group, which enables them to influence
the direction and performance of the Group.
They also act as mentors to talented young
people and ensure that we are operating
in a way which is consistent with our values
everywhere in the Group. In 2010, five new
Partners were appointed.
Employee engagement survey
In September, Hiscox conducted its third global
employee engagement survey. The survey,
which was open to all permanent members
of staff, looked at how committed employees
feel to Hiscox, their managers, their teams
and their role.
The idea behind it is simple: if employees feel
very engaged they are more likely to stay and
deliver their very best for the company. Being
able to measure levels of commitment enables
Hiscox to identify areas where it can improve
performance and boost staff retention.
The survey is based on four key measurements:
emotional commitment – the extent to
which employees value, enjoy and believe
in their work, in their manager, team
and Hiscox;
rational commitment – the extent to which
employees believe Hiscox, their managers,
and their teams have their best professional
and development interests at heart;
discretionary effort – employees’
willingness to go above and beyond what
is expected of them; and
intention to stay.
The survey shows Hiscox enjoys high employee
engagement as we rank between the 70th and
85th percentiles in all four areas against the
global benchmark comprising 145 organisations
across 67 countries.
A good reputation takes a long time to build,
but can be lost very quickly. We place a great
emphasis on recruiting the best people,
developing their skills and careers and ensuring
that they are motivated. Some of the specific
actions we take to fulfil each of these principles
are described below.
The unique personality of Hiscox is expressed
through our employees to our clients. We want
customers to find us intelligent but not intellectual,
bold but not arrogant, thought-provoking but not
patronising, different while being straightforward,
positive but not pushy, contemporary not stuffy,
sophisticated but not superior.
1. Recruit the best
Hiscox aims to fill posts by recruiting internally,
where possible. Because we strive to attract
and retain the best people, we believe we have
the ideal candidates for many jobs already
working in the firm. We also want to stretch
our people so they can reach their full potential.
In 2010, 77 new appointments were either
internal promotions or recommendations from
current employees. When we do recruit talent
from outside, we ensure that they go through
a thorough assessment. Another source of talent
to fill senior roles in the future is our graduate
trainee and internship programme. In 2010,
we nearly doubled our intake, recruiting 22
graduate trainees into the UK, one in Bermuda
and three in France. One of our aims is to
educate the brightest students about the vibrant
career this industry can offer. The average
number of candidates seen for each job filled
in 2010 was five.
2. Develop excellence
Hiscox has a unique underwriting training
programme developed by some of our very
experienced underwriters. The training,
which aims to reinforce Hiscox’s underwriting
standards, includes how to underwrite profitably
across the cycle and the importance of learning
the lessons of history when assessing risks.
We also want to instil in our underwriters a
restless curiosity, to challenge convention and
not simply to accept a practice because that
is the way it has always been done in the past.
In 2010 Hiscox Europe instigated a programme
of back-to-basics underwriting training with
a specific focus on disciplined underwriting
in challenging markets. This training helped
achieve a 20% increase in new business
submissions for our target areas in our
commercial lines. Across the Group a total
of 353 delegates completed our underwriting
training programme in 2010.
14
People Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Hiscox Partners
Stephen Ashwell
Global Head, Terrorism
David Astor
Chief Investment Officer
Reeva Bakhshi
Head of UK Direct
Rory Barker
Neil Bolton
Group Reinsurance Manager
Head of Non Marine Casualty, Hiscox London Market
Stuart Bridges
Chief Financial Officer
Amanda Brown
Group Human Resources Director
David Bruce
Deputy Managing Director, Hiscox London Market
Head of Specialty, Hiscox London Market
Steve Camm
Managing Director, Hiscox Guernsey
Robert Childs
Chief Underwriting Officer
Paul Cooper
Finance Director, Hiscox UK
Robert Davies
Global Head, Kidnap and Ransom
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle Managing Director, Hiscox Europe
Ed Donnelly
President, Hiscox USA
Charles Dupplin
Chief Executive Officer, Hiscox Bermuda
Group Company Secretary
Michael Gould
Chief Operating Officer
Gary Head
Chief Underwriter, Hiscox UK
David Henderson
Branch Manager, Birmingham, Hiscox UK
Robert Hiscox
Chairman
Jason Jones
Group Compliance and Audit Director
Suzanne Kemble
Global Head, Media and Entertainment
Kevin Kerridge
Head of Direct, Hiscox USA
Ian King
Reinsurance Underwriter, Hiscox London Market
Steve Langan
Managing Director, Hiscox UK and
Group Marketing Director
Paul Lawrence
Head of Property, Hiscox London Market
Ian Martin
Finance Director, Hiscox London Market
Bronek Masojada
Chief Executive
Russell Merrett
Managing Director, Hiscox London Market
Jeremy Pinchin
Group Claims Director
Steve Quick
Global Head, Broker Relations
Robert Read
Global Head, Fine Art
Christopher Sharpe
Chief Underwriter, Hiscox Bermuda
Damien Smith
Head of Non-Marine Treaty Reinsurance,
Hiscox London Market
Nicholas Thomson
Retired Chief Underwriting Officer
Andrew Underwood
Head of Specialty, Hiscox USA
Gavin Watson
Chief Financial Officer, Hiscox USA
Richard Watson
Chief Executive Officer, Hiscox USA
Simon Williams
Head of Marine and Energy, Hiscox London Market
People Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
15
Group financial
performance
89.3%
Combined ratio
Profit before tax for the year was £211.4
million (2009: £320.6 million), despite
the large catastrophe losses and tougher
investment markets experienced during
the year. The Group recorded a post tax
return on equity of 16.5% (2009: 30.1%)
and earnings per share 47.2p (2009: 75.2p).
Net asset value per share grew by 11.2% to 332.7p
(2009: 299.2p) supported in part by the continued
strength of the US Dollar. The Group maintains
a progressive dividend policy and total dividend
per share rose by 10% to 16.5p (2009: 15.0p).
Gross premiums written of £1.4 billion were
relatively flat compared to the prior year as we
cut back in those lines where rates were weak
and focused on areas where a greater return
was expected.
The Group’s overall underwriting performance
was relatively strong despite the impact of
the large catastrophe losses and we report
a combined ratio including the impact of
foreign exchange of 89.3% (2009: 86.0%).
Notwithstanding the challenge of the investment
markets during the year, the Group’s investments
produced an annualised return of 3.6% (2009: 7.2%).
to £572.7 million (2009: £663.0 million) reflecting
the cut back in those lines where rates are weak,
in particular, the US property insurance lines
and big-ticket professional indemnity.
Reinsurance purchased was higher than in
the prior year as the segment benefited from
a new quota share reinsurance arrangement
which enabled an increase in underwriting
capacity. Other reinsurance contracts which
were renewed with commercial reinsurers
during 2010 were on similar terms to the previous
year and the quota share arrangement with
Syndicate 6104 remained in place.
The net claims ratio deteriorated to 48.3%,
from 38.8% in 2009, impacted by the losses
on the Chile and New Zealand earthquakes
together with the Australian floods. As a result,
the combined ratio (excluding the impact of
foreign currency movements) declined to 81.8%
(2009: 71.0%). Profit before tax for the year was
£121.4 million (2009: £179.9 million).
Hiscox UK and Europe
Gross written premiums rose by 8.0% to £454.7
million (2009: £421.0 million) reflecting growth
in all core lines especially the professional and
specialty commercial businesses.
The underwriting performance for each
operating segment is detailed below.
Hiscox London Market
Gross premiums written declined by 13.6%
The net claims ratio improved by 3.2% to 50.2%
compared to the prior year ratio of 53.4% despite
the UK freeze losses experienced in the earlier
and latter parts of the year and Windstorm
Xynthia in Europe.
Group key performance indicators
London
Market
UK and
Europe International
Corporate
Centre
2010
Total
London
Market
UK and
Europe
International
Corporate
Centre
2009
Total
Gross premiums written (£m)
572.8
454.7
405.2
– 1,432.7
663.0
421.0
351.4
– 1,435.4
Net premiums written (£m)
Net premiums earned (£m)
Investment result (£m)
389.6
428.0
314.0
– 1,131.6
483.6
391.5
281.9
– 1,157.0
396.1
422.2
312.9
– 1,131.2
453.3
367.3
277.5
– 1,098.1
39.1
17.2
27.6
16.3
100.2
79.7
36.9
57.7
8.9
183.2
Profit/(loss) before tax (£m)
121.4
39.6
43.1
7.3
211.4
179.9
20.5
124.2
(4.0)
320.6
Claims ratio (%)
Expense ratio (%)
Foreign exchange impact (%)
Combined ratio (%)
48.3
33.5
50.2
44.6
53.2
43.2
(2.1)
0.5
0.9
79.7
95.3
97.3
–
–
–
–
50.1
39.7
38.8
32.2
53.4
49.9
33.0
45.6
(0.5)
7.8
1.8
(2.3)
89.3
78.8
105.1
76.3
Financial assets and cash* (£m)
Other assets (£m)
Total assets (£m)
Net assets (£m)
Net asset value per share (p)
Net tangible asset value per share (p)
Adjusted number of shares in issue (m)
*excluding derivative assets and catastrophe bonds.
16
Group fi nancial performance Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
2010
2,779.7
1,211.2
3,990.9
1,266.1
332.7
315.8
380.6
–
–
–
–
41.8
40.4
3.8
86.0
2009
2,660.6
1,156.8
3,817.4
1,121.3
299.2
285.7
374.8
£211.4m
Profit before tax
The combined ratio before the impact of foreign
exchange improved by 8.5% to 94.8% from
103.3% in the prior year. This reflects not only
the improved loss ratio but also benefits from
the efficiencies achieved by the centralising
of operations in Europe through the opening
of the shared service centre.
The Group embarked on several new
enhancement projects including the web platform
for the US direct business and a management
information project aimed at improving the
quality and efficiency of financial information
provided to management, inherently aiding the
implementation of the new Solvency II regime.
As a result profit before tax for the year increased
by 92.8% to £39.6 million (2009: £20.5 million).
Hiscox International
Gross premiums written increased 15.3% to
£405.2 million (2009: £351.4 million). The rise
was driven by Bermuda taking advantage of
attractive reinsurance rates and a new quota
share arrangement coupled with our continued
expansion in the US. Gross premiums written
in Guernsey remained stable due to disciplined
underwriting on the more volatile piracy lines.
The net claims ratio was heavily impacted
by the losses on the Chile and New Zealand
earthquakes together with the Australian floods
during the year and as such declined by 20.2%
to 53.2% (2009: 33.0%). The impact on the
combined ratio excluding foreign exchange
was a deterioration of 17.8% to 96.4%.
Consequently profit before tax fell by 65.3%
to £43.1 million (2009: £124.2 million).
Hiscox Corporate Centre
An investment result of £16.3 million (2009:
£8.9 million) was recognised on those assets
controlled centrally. Total expenses, including
certain foreign exchange items, fell by 49.5% to
£4.4 million (2009: £8.7 million). Foreign exchange
gains of £8.4 million (2009: £10.3 million) include
the foreign currency impact on certain intra-group
loan balances. Profit before tax of £7.3 million
(2009: £4.0 million loss) was recognised.
Cash and liquidity
The Group’s primary source of liquidity is
from premium income and investment income.
These funds are used predominantly to pay
claims, expenses, reinsurance costs, dividends
and taxes, and to invest in more assets.
Total net cash inflows for the year were
£75.9 million (2009: outflow £150.1 million).
The inflow was mainly due to prompt settlement
of premiums and reinsurance claims.
Net cash outflow from investing activities for
the year was £22.2 million (2009: £11.7 million),
primarily as a result of the purchase of tangible
and intangible assets. The Group purchased the
remaining shareholding in its associate company
Blyth Valley Ltd, thereby obtaining control of the
company. In addition, an investment was made
in the US sister company of Blyth Valley Ltd,
InsuranceBee Inc, a specialist errors and
omissions insurance broker. The Group also
disposed of its associate holding in HIM Capital
Holdings Ltd during the year.
An area of increased investment for the Group
during the year was on IT systems development.
Net cash outflows from financing activities for
the year were £172.9 million (2009: inflow £1.6
million). The outflow is due to the repayment
of the borrowing facility and the payment
of dividends.
The Group maintains relationships with a limited
number of banks, whose credit status and ability
to meet day-to-day banking requirements are
monitored by the Group.
There were no impairments recorded against
cash or cash equivalents and no issues
regarding recoverability have been identified
on these assets.
During the year, the Group secured a new
revolving credit facility for a total of $750 million
replacing the £350 million facility in place in the
prior year. This may be drawn by way of cash
or Letter of Credit or a combination of the two,
providing the cash portion does not exceed
$450 million. The facility may be drawn in
any foreign currency that the Group requests.
At 31 December 2010, $165 million had been
drawn by way of Letter of Credit and £20 million
by way of cash (2009: $225 million and $138
million respectively).
Solvency II
Solvency II is the new solvency regime for
all insurers and reinsurers due to come into
effect from 1 January 2013. It aims to create
solvency requirements that are consistent across
all member states and which better reflect the
risks that insurers and reinsurers face.
The new regime is based on a three-pillar
approach as follows:
Pillar 1 – Quantitative requirements
Pillar 2 – Government and risk management
requirements
Pillar 3 – Disclosure and transparency
requirements.
A working group has been established within
Hiscox to lead the work on implementing the new
rules and a comprehensive implementation plan
is well underway. Many of Solvency II’s qualitative
requirements are already an integral part of the
Group’s risk management framework and an
analysis has been done to identify those areas
that require small incremental changes.
Full details of the requirements are continually
developing and as such uncertainty remains over
the full impact of the new regime. During the year,
the Group made significant progress in achieving
its objectives of implementing the three Pillars
completing the QIS 5 exercise and enhancing
existing corporate governance functions.
Group fi nancial performance Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
17
looking so attractive, we have taken profits
in areas where further upside seems limited.
Bond markets have not been without risk
and in consultation with our managers we
have studiously avoided sovereign bonds
from peripheral Europe and have only modest
bank debt exposure to a few national champions
in Spain and Italy. In contrast to our positive
appetite for credit, duration in government
bonds has been kept short. With hindsight this
approach has been too cautious but the fourth
quarter of the year has highlighted the perils
of longer dated bonds. Whilst it was a profitable
period for the portfolio overall the sudden sell
off in government bonds in the last few weeks
of the year is a salutary reminder of how quickly
the pendulum can swing.
Group investments
The Group’s invested assets increased over
the year to £2.78 billion (2009: £2.66 billion)
with the positive effect of good cashflow
being partly offset by the decision to repay
£138 million of Group borrowing during the
period. The investment result, excluding
derivatives, amounted to £98.8 million (2009:
£182.8 million) equating to a return of 3.6%
(2009: 7.2%).
In a year when investment markets were
characterised by periods of ‘risk on’ or ‘risk off’,
the outcome over the 12 months has favoured
riskier assets. Volatility, however, remained a
feature, with the general sense of optimism being
punctuated by periods of doubt particularly
in relation to the financial condition of certain
Euro zone countries and fears of a slow down
in Chinese growth. Faced with growing economic
uncertainty in many developed countries,
central bankers kept short-term interest rates
at abnormally low levels and employed a variety
of stimulatory tools, most noticeably quantitative
easing, which drove government bond yields
to the lowest level seen in recent times.
The likelihood of a prolonged period of easier
monetary policy encouraged investors to seek
better returns away from cash and short-dated
government bonds. Consequently the investment
return, whilst not matching that of 2009, has
comfortably exceeded our initial expectations.
With the broadly positive trends from 2009
continuing into 2010 there were very few shifts
in the portfolio during the year. Cash was kept
at a relatively low but prudent level, supported
by significant holdings of government and
government-backed bonds. Although mostly
short in duration these provided superior
income to cash and ensured that the liquidity
and integrity of the balance sheet remained
high. However, it was the allocations to non
government bonds and risk assets that
enhanced the portfolio’s performance. Our risk
assets exposure was maintained at around 5%
throughout the year. It comprises a selection
of long only equity funds and equity based hedge
funds. The latter account for roughly 30% of this
portfolio and are expected to deliver less exciting
but more stable returns. When combined with
the long only funds, the risk assets produced
a satisfactory result in total.
The bond portfolios produced substantial profits
for the Group and comfortably outperformed
the relevant government bond benchmarks. This
was due principally to the level of corporate debt
exposure which, having been increased in 2009,
was retained throughout the majority of 2010.
In the core portfolios the bonds of investment
grade corporates, where balance sheets have
been conservatively managed in stark contrast
to those of many over indebted countries,
continued to be in high demand. Additionally,
our opportunistic allocation to higher yielding
and below investment grade securities produced
another year of equity like returns. With further
gains from these portfolios being made in the
fourth quarter and the risk reward ratio no longer
18
Group investments Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Going into 2011 therefore, there is little margin
for error given our desire to avoid losing money
in any 12-month reporting period. Indeed,
with the possibility of interest rates rising from
artificially low levels and further volatility likely
in equity markets, the chances of an investment
loss in 2011 are statistically greater than they
have been recently for anything other than a
cash-like portfolio. We are therefore more intent
than usual on conserving capital rather than
chasing yields, particularly in the absence of
any compelling and appropriate opportunities.
Few commentators expect official rates to rise
in our main markets during 2011 but there are
signs of inflationary pressures and a policy shift,
or at least the expectation thereof, cannot be
ruled out. The allocation to cash is therefore likely
to drift higher and duration of the bond portfolios
kept low relative to their benchmarks.
Given that returns from the bond portfolios are
forecast to be lower than 2009 and 2010 and
will provide a more limited cushion against the
possibility of a weak equity market, our allocation
to equities is set to remain around current levels.
We do, however, believe they represent good
value in the medium term and have a reasonable
chance of providing a useful boost to the overall
performance in 2011.
The impact of the financial crisis has not gone
away. Economic recovery in the developed world
and the outlook for Chinese growth are areas
for concern, and doubts remain about solvency
Group investment performance
Bonds
Bonds total
Equities
Deposits and cash equivalents
Actual return
Group invested assets*
*excludes derivatives and investment in catastrophe bonds.
£
US$
Other
31 December 2010
31 December 2009
Asset allocation
%
Return
%
Return
£000
Asset allocation
%
Return
%
Return
£000
18.5
56.8
6.9
82.2
5.6
12.2
2.7
4.0
2.8
3.7
82,234
11.1
15,572
0.3
3.6
1,043
98,849
£2,779.7m
19.1
58.6
7.1
84.8
5.0
10.2
3.5
9.2
6.8
7.7
152,954
20.7
26,360
0.8
7.2
3,455
182,769
£2,660.6m
High quality and well diversified portfolio
Investment portfolio: £2,779.7m
Asset allocation
12.2% Cash
5.6% Risk assets
82.2% Bonds
Group investments Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
19
Group investments
continued
at a sovereign level in Europe and at a municipal
level in the US. Having survived 2008 and
prospered in the following two years, 2011 will
be a year where the investment strategy is more
defensively focused and mindful of our primary
objective which is the preservation of capital
to support the insurance business. This will leave
us in a good position to take advantage of an
investment world with higher interest rates and
where the reward for taking risk is both greater
and more apparent.
£2,779.7m
Invested assets
Bond credit quality
5.2% BBB
5.4% BB
13.5% A
8.9% AA
67.0% AAA
Bond currency split
1.6% CAD
22.5% GBP
6.8%
EUR
69.1% USD
20
Group investments Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Risk management
The core business of Hiscox is managing
risk; as such the understanding of risk is
intrinsic to every level of decision-making
in the Group.
The risks associated with the core business
of insurance and reinsurance represent some
of the greater exposures, however the Group
is exposed to a number of other risks and,
as part of its risk management framework, the
Group has systems and procedures to identify
and manage them. These procedures are
regularly reviewed and improved in the light of
the evolving risk environment and best practice.
The Group’s risk management framework, which
extends to all aspects of risk including insurance,
market, credit, operational, liquidity, reputational
and strategic risks is headed by the Risk
Committee of the Board, which advises the
Board in relation to management of the Group’s
risk profile. The Group’s risk appetite is set by the
Board and cascaded through the Group’s global
operations as part of the business planning cycle
and through the risk management framework,
which encompasses the following committees:
Group Underwriting Review
Reinsurance Purchase Review Group
Reinsurance Security Committee
Cash Flow Review Group
Broker Credit Committee
Investment Committee
Reserving Committees
Business Continuity Committee.
Each committee is chaired by either the Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer
or Chief Underwriting Officer, apart from the
Business Continuity Committee which is chaired
by the Chief Operations Officer. Each committee
has a specific remit, such as underwriting risk,
reinsurance purchase, investment risk, claims
reserving or business continuity. Senior
management responsibilities are clearly defined
together with reporting lines and the execution
of delegated responsibilities is closely monitored
by the Board and its committees. This monitoring,
supported by financial and non-financial
management information, assesses performance
against agreed targets and objectives, as well
as the risks to achieving these objectives and
the effectiveness of the measures in place to
manage these risks. In parallel with these direct
risk management processes, there is a
dedicated risk management function which,
in conjunction with Internal Audit and the Group
risk committees, monitors and reviews the
effectiveness of risk management activities
throughout the organisation and reports to the
Risk Committee of the Board. These functions
are organised centrally to assist in the integration
of best practice throughout the Group. A range
of risk management tools are used to assess
and manage risk both at business unit level
and on a Group-wide basis.
Major risks
The major risks that the Group faces are
presented below categorised as either ‘principal’
or ‘secondary’. Principal major risks represent
the most pertinent risks to which the Group
is currently exposed, and secondary major risks
represent other material risks to which the Group
is currently exposed, but not deemed critical at
this stage. Detailed information relating to the
‘principal risks’ and uncertainties impacting the
Group’s financial statements is set out in note
3 to the financial statements.
Major risks: principal
Insurance risk: catastrophic and systemic
insurance losses
The Group continues to underwrite significant
risks in geographical regions that are prone to
natural peril or which provide cover against other
catastrophes, such as terrorism. This business
remains a compelling proposition for the Group
as it is capable of returning good margins over
the medium to long-term as the occurrence
of catastrophes average out. As with similar
insurers, the Group’s earnings are affected by
unpredictable external events such as natural
and other catastrophes, legal developments,
social and economic change and the emergence
of latent risks. Such events can create significant
levels of underwriting losses.
The Group primarily manages exposure to
these risks through a clearly defined risk appetite
which dictates the business plan and is realised
through disciplined underwriting, close and
continuous monitoring of exposures and
aggregations and a prudent and disciplined
reinsurance purchase programme to limit losses
from risk concentrations. The Group adapts its
business plan, target products and reinsurance
programme to produce a well-diversified book.
This enables us to maximise expected risk/return
on the portfolio as a whole and offset potential
losses on more volatile accounts.
Of critical importance is the quality of our
underwriting models and risk aggregation
capability. Incentives ensure that underwriting
staff make sound and objective judgements
that are aligned with the Group’s overall strategic
objectives and risk appetite. Clear authority
limits are also in place that are regularly reviewed
and monitored. Policy wordings are reviewed
regularly by specialists and legal experts in
the light of legal developments to ensure that
the Group’s exposure is restricted, as far as
possible, to those risks identified at the time
of policy issuance. The modelling and monitoring
tools are used both in the underwriting process
and by independent risk specialists. They are
used to design the insurance and reinsurance
business plans and control the business
underwritten to ensure that the risk profiles
of contracts match the exposures for which
the plans were devised.
Aggregation and modelling resources are
shared across the Group. Subsidiaries and
locations worldwide therefore employ the same
sophisticated standard of modelling tools
tailored to the characteristics of each specific
market. The Group assesses realistic disaster
Risk management Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
21
Risk management
continued
scenario projections on a subsidiary and
consolidated basis in order to estimate the
potential loss across all books of business
following a range of specific events.
We adjust our
business plan,
target products
and reinsurance
programme to
deliver a well-
diversified book.
The Group also manages underwriting risk by
purchasing reinsurance. Reinsurance protection
such as excess of loss cover is purchased at
an entity level and is also considered at an overall
Group level to mitigate the effect of catastrophes
and unexpected concentrations of risk. However,
the scope and type of reinsurance protection
purchased may change depending on the extent
and competitiveness of cover available in the
market. The purchase of reinsurance in turn
exposes the Group to the risk that reinsurance
protection against catastrophic and systemic
insurance losses is inadequate or inappropriate.
This risk is monitored and managed using
similar modelling techniques to those described
above, under the supervision of a dedicated
Reinsurance Purchase Review Group.
Insurance risk: competition and the
insurance cycle
In our markets, Hiscox competes against major
international groups with similar offerings.
At times, a minority of these groups may choose
to underwrite for cash flow or market share
purposes at prices that sometimes fall short
of the break even technical price. The Group
is firm in its resolve to reject business that
is unlikely to generate underwriting profits.
Accepting insurance risk below the technical
price is detrimental to the industry’s prospects,
since it drives the prevailing rates in the market
lower to the point where business failures occur,
insurers’ capital is destroyed, customers receive
suboptimal service and the industry suffers from
negative publicity. As capacity levels in the
market fall, prices inevitably rise until the point
where the cycle of irrational pricing may begin
again. In common with all insurers, the Group is
exposed to this price volatility. Prolonged periods
of low premium rating levels or high levels of
competition in the insurance markets are likely
to have a negative impact on the Group’s
financial performance.
To manage this risk, Hiscox alters its appetite
for the lines of business and the layers it writes
in response to market conditions and the risk
appetite of the Group. Pricing levels are
monitored on a continuous basis, with detailed
monthly reports grouping current prices with
exposure and trends over the past 12 months.
The Group’s cycle management strategy and
related modelling and monitoring are essential
to ensure that it quickly identifies and controls
any accumulating adverse effects of changes.
As the Group frequently acts as the lead insurer
in the complex co-insurance programmes
required to cover significant high value assets,
it has some ability to set market rates rather
than follow them.
Mutualisation is a related risk arising from the
phenomenon of pricing cycles in the industry.
The Group is required to contribute towards the
obligations of other financial institutions who fail.
Syndicates 33 and 3624 contribute to the New
Central Fund operated by the Council of Lloyd’s,
and in the UK certain Hiscox entities contribute
to the Financial Services Compensation Scheme
(FSCS). Insurance companies may be asked to
contribute to the recent claims on the FSCS from
the banking industry, currently funded by HM
Treasury. Any such requests depend on the final
level of claims from deposit holders (net of asset
recoveries), the period of repayment demanded
by HM Treasury and the ability of the banks to
make such repayments. HM Treasury indicated
that it will not demand any principal repayments
for three years. The Group participates in many
industry bodies, associations and task-force
initiatives in order to monitor developments and
influence their strategic direction. In particular,
the continued involvement of the Group’s
executives in the reshaping of the Lloyd’s market
underscores that commitment.
Insurance risk: reserving
The Group establishes provisions for unpaid
claims, defence costs and related expenses
to cover its ultimate liability in respect of both
reported claims and incurred but not reported
(IBNR) claims. These provisions take into
account both the Group’s and the industry’s
experience of similar business, historical trends
in reserving patterns, loss payments and
pending levels of unpaid claims and awards,
as well as any potential changes in historic rates
arising from market or economic conditions.
Details of the actuarial and statistical methods
and assumptions used to calculate reserves
are set out in note 26 to the financial statements.
The provision estimates are subject to rigorous
review and challenge by senior management
from all areas of the business and the final
provision is approved by the reserving
committees. The provision is set above the
expected or mean reserve requirement to
minimise the risk that actual claims exceed
the amount provided.
Investment (market) risk
The Group invests premiums and technical
funds, which are held for the payment of future
claims, and as such is exposed to investment
risk. The Group’s investment policy is designed
to maximise returns within an overall risk appetite
which stipulates a one in 100 year loss tolerance.
Where appropriate the Board may seek to set
aside additional capital to support the
recommended asset allocation. The overriding
philosophy with the Group’s assets is not to lose
money or to put at risk the Group’s capacity
to underwrite.
Technical funds are primarily invested in high
quality bonds and cash. The high quality and
short duration of these funds allows the Group
to meet its aim of paying valid claims quickly.
These funds are maintained in the currency
of the insurance policy to reduce foreign
exchange risk.
22
Risk management Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Emerging risk
identification
and control is
a core part of risk
management
activity in relation
to all aspects of our
business, including
underwriting,
operations and
strategy.
Due to the short-tail nature of the Group’s
insurance liabilities, the aim is not to match the
duration of the assets and liabilities precisely.
Benchmarks are instead set for the fixed income
fund managers which approximate the payment
profile of the claims as well as providing the
managers with some flexibility to enhance returns.
The Group’s liquidity risk arises from large,
unplanned cash demands and the principal
source of risk is a major catastrophe resulting in
a high value of claims. This could be exacerbated
if a large portion of claims are funded pending
recovery from a reinsurance partner. The Group
plans for this risk through the following measures.
A proportion of the Group’s assets are allocated
to riskier assets (risk assets), principally equities.
Here, it is the Group’s philosophy to take a long-
term view in search of acceptable risk-adjusted
returns. The proportion of the Group’s funds
invested in risk assets will depend on the outlook
for investment and underwriting markets. An
allocation within the risk assets is made to less
volatile, absolute return strategies. This balances
the desire to enhance returns against the need to
ensure capital is available to support underwriting
throughout any downturn in financial markets.
Foreign exchange risk
The US Dollar is the Group’s largest underwriting
currency. The Group’s policy is to match US
Dollar insurance liabilities with investments
held in the same currency in order to minimise
the effect of currency fluctuations. Whilst
the Group’s reporting currency is Sterling,
a significant proportion of the Group’s
operational cost base is located in the US and
Europe, and movements in foreign exchange
rates may have a material adverse effect on its
financial performance and position. In addition
the capital base of the Bermuda, Guernsey
and US insurance companies is in US Dollars.
Where appropriate a percentage of the capital
will be held in the currency matching that of
the underlying business written. Net currency
positions are closely monitored and currency
hedging transactions are entered into where
this is considered advantageous in the light
of anticipated movements in exchange rates.
Further details of the Group’s investment
profile and its management of currency
risks are provided in notes 3 and 19 to the
financial statements.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable to meet
liabilities to customers or other creditors as they
fall due, or the risk of incurring excessive costs
in selling assets or having to raise finance
in a very short period.
The majority of the Group’s cash inflows and
outflows are routine and can be forecast well
in advance. The primary source of inflows is
insurance premiums whilst outflows are to
policyholders for claims made. Cash flow is
forecast on rolling weekly, monthly and quarterly
basis depending on the source, and, in the
event of a major catastrophe, such forecasting
may be up to three years in advance. Free cash
is invested according to the Group’s investment
policy and cash requirements can normally
be met through regular income streams (i.e.
premiums or investment income), existing cash
balances or realising investments that have
reached maturity.
Running stress tests to estimate the
size and timing of claims that might be
payable in the event of a number of major
catastrophes all occurring within a short
period of time. We also run scenario
analyses which consider the impact
on liquidity of a range of adverse events
happening simultaneously; for example,
an economic downturn and declining
investment returns combined with unusual
levels of insurance losses.
Taking into account the stress and scenario
analyses, we maintain extensive borrowing
facilities. These are held with a diverse
range of major international banks in order
to minimise the risk of one or more being
unable to honour their commitments.
Our investment policy recognises that
some investments may need to be realised
before maturity or at short notice and hence
a high proportion of investments must be
held in liquid assets. This minimises the risk
of loss in the event of having to sell assets
quickly. Using these measures we believe
the likelihood of being unable to meet our
liabilities, or of incurring excessive costs
in doing so, to be extremely remote.
Emerging risks
Given the nature of its activities, the Group
is exposed to new and emerging risks. For
example, a change in US legislation may result
in unintended risks being underwritten, or may
require us to cease business in certain US states.
Being able to identify and plan for unexpected
events has become an increasingly important
component of business cycle management.
Emerging risk identification and control is
therefore a core part of risk management activity
in relation to all aspects of the business, including
underwriting, operations and strategy. Significant
efforts are made, including obtaining external
expertise, to try to identify any threats to the
Group either actual or potential.
The identification of emerging risks is a core
agenda item in each Risk Committee. The
Group takes all reasonable steps to minimise
the likelihood and impact of such events and
to be prepared for their occurrence.
Major risks: secondary
Insurance risk: binding authorities
Hiscox generates considerable premium income
through agents to whom binding authority is
given to accept risks on behalf of Hiscox Group
carriers. All binding authorities are strictly
controlled through tight underwriting guidelines
Risk management Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
23
short periods of time. The disaster recovery
plan is tested regularly and includes disaster
simulation tests. Employees of the Group are
widely located throughout the UK, Europe,
USA, Bermuda and Guernsey. This geographical
dispersion reduces the Group’s exposure to
natural or terrorist events that could prevent
access to premises or loss of staff. In the event
of a loss of staff, for example as a result of a
pandemic, a plan is in place to re-assign key
responsibilities and transfer resources to ensure
key business functions can continue to operate.
Risk management
continued
and limits and extensive vetting, monitoring,
and auditing of compliance thereof.
Agents to whom binding authorities are
granted are regularly examined to ensure they
meet the Group’s minimum standards. These
checks are performed by staff independent
of the underwriting function and the process
is overseen by a committee comprising both
underwriters and non-underwriters from the
senior management team and the Director
of Compliance and Internal Audit.
Credit risk: reinsurance counterparties
The Group purchases reinsurance protection
to limit its exposure to single claims and the
aggregation of claims from catastrophic
events. The Group places reinsurance with
companies that it believes are strong financially
and operationally. Credit exposures to these
companies are closely managed by the
Reinsurance Security Committee (RSC),
which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer.
All reinsurers used must be approved by the
RSC following an internal assessment of the
company’s financial strength, trading record,
payment history, outlook and organisational
structure, in addition to credit ratings granted
by external agents. Approved reinsurers are
monitored continuously to identify potential
deteriorations as early as possible. Monitoring
procedures include consideration of public
information produced by reinsurers; the Group’s
experience of the reinsurers and their behaviour
in the marketplace; and analysis from external
consultants and from rating agencies. Credit
limits are set for approved reinsurers both at
a Hiscox Group level and for each underwriting
subsidiary based on a defined risk appetite.
The Group’s experience of bad debts arising from
its reinsurance arrangements has been minimal.
Strategic risk: Hiscox credit rating
The external ratings assigned to the Group
and its subsidiaries are essential to maintaining
profitability, particularly in relation to our
reinsurance business and managing the costs
of financing and access to capital. The Group
has identified the key aspects of our business
which are critical to maintaining our ratings.
These are closely managed to minimise the risk
of an event which might jeopardise any rating
and to ensure that we respond appropriately
to unforeseen external events. We maintain
regular and open communication with our rating
agencies to ensure that we continue to meet their
expectations and that careful consideration is
given to the potential impact on a rating of any
significant decision.
Operational risk: business continuity
The Group has taken significant steps to
minimise the impact of business interruption
that could result from a major external event.
A formal disaster recovery plan is in place
for both workspace recovery and retrieval
of communications, IT systems and data.
In the event of a major event, these procedures
will enable the Group to move the affected
operations to alternative facilities within very
24
Risk management Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Boxplot and whisker diagram of Hiscox Ltd net loss (USD)
Upper 95%/lower 5%
Mean
Hiscox Ltd loss ($m)
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
6
$
e
k
a
u
Q
a
t
e
i
r
P
a
m
o
L
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
5
1
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
0
5
$
a
n
i
r
t
a
K
e
n
a
c
i
r
r
u
H
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
5
2
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
0
1
$
J
7
8
9
1
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
5
1
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
4
2
$
e
k
a
u
Q
e
g
d
i
r
h
t
r
o
N
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
0
4
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
6
5
$
w
e
r
d
n
A
e
n
a
c
i
r
r
u
H
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
0
3
s
s
o
l
t
e
k
r
a
m
n
b
7
1
$
e
k
I
e
n
a
c
i
r
r
u
H
d
o
i
r
e
p
n
r
u
t
e
r
r
a
e
y
7
JP
EQ
US
EQ
EU
WS
US
HU
JP
EQ
US
EQ
EU
WS
US
HU
JP
EQ
US
EQ
EU
WS
US
HU
JP
EQ
US
EQ
EU
WS
US
HU
JP
EQ
US
EQ
EU
WS
US
HU
Industry loss
return period
and peril
Mean industry
loss $bn
5–10 year
10–25 year
25 –50 year
50 –100 year
100–250 year
01
02
05
18
04
07
09
36
14
18
14
66
24
32
19
99
38
40
26
152
The chart above shows the variability in net loss the Group expects from individual losses of a given industry loss size.
The return period is the frequency at which an industry insured loss of a certain amount or greater is likely to occur.
For example, an event with a return period of 20 years would be expected to occur on average five times in 100 years.
Risk management Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
25
Corporate
responsibility
At Hiscox several core values guide our
business. These are: to challenge convention,
to act with integrity at all times, to have
respect for all our business partners, to
have courage, to do everything to the highest
quality and to excel in the service we provide.
These values underpin a reputation we have
earned for integrity and decent behaviour
in everything we do, which we firmly believe
is good for the morale of staff and for the
results of the business.
Hiscox’s commitment to responsible business
practices is reflected in:
The environment
In 2010 Hiscox UK developed an environmental
policy statement, laying out its commitment
to measure its carbon footprint and to reduce
that as far as it can. The policy encourages
the business to operate more sustainably by:
measuring our use of water, energy and other
products in order to reduce their consumption
over time; buying sustainably-sourced goods
or energy-efficient products where we can;
and minimising waste by recycling and reusing
products as much as is feasible. It is intended
that this policy and environmental best practice
will be rolled out across the Group.
In 2009 Hiscox UK conducted an environmental
audit of its operations and calculated its carbon
footprint with the help of independent consultants
Corporate Citizenship. In 2010 Hiscox UK
undertook to encourage its employees to change
their behaviour in an effort to become carbon
neutral. The business generated significant cost
and energy savings through increased recycling
and more careful use of electricity, water and gas.
They achieved a 13% decrease in overall waste
sent to landfill, a 15% decrease in overall building
energy use and a 12% reduction in water use.
Overall, Hiscox UK reduced its carbon footprint by
6%; the balance of its (largely unavoidable) carbon
emissions were offset through an investment in
an African Energy Efficient Stove Project.
Our sustainability efforts have also been
recognised by the City of London Corporation,
which gave Hiscox’s London office a Clean City
Scheme gold award in 2010.
Hiscox is a founding member of ClimateWise,
an insurance industry initiative that aims to
reduce the long-term risk on the global economy
and society from climate change. Hiscox
supports the principles of ClimateWise and
is encouraged by the actions taken by Lloyd’s
to assist the market to meet the majority
of ClimateWise’s principles.
The marketplace
Dealing with business partners
Hiscox regards insurance brokers as important
stakeholders in our business, and we endeavour
to have good relationships with them to create
a competitive advantage in the marketplace.
Clear communication is key in this and
Hiscox regularly updates its partner brokers
of new developments at Hiscox and in the
insurance industry.
Dealing with investors
In keeping with its policy of open and transparent
communication, Hiscox reports both its half
and full year results to its investors via a series
of presentations as well as ensuring all relevant
Group financial information is available on its
website. In addition, senior management and
key employees meet investors and analysts
throughout the year to explain and answer
questions on the Group financial performance
and business strategy.
Dealing with customers
Hiscox is dedicated to providing its customers
with risk management advice to prevent
distressing losses such as burglary and fire
in the home. The Hiscox philosophy is that
insurance is a promise to pay, so should a loss
occur, it aims to fully support its customers
and to pay their claims as soon as is possible.
The workplace
Culture
The Hiscox culture is underpinned by a set
of core values that determine a standard of
behaviour that is expected of all our employees.
The Group recognises that through this conduct
it is more likely to achieve business success
and therefore create additional value for its
shareholders. Hiscox strives for the highest
standards of corporate governance while striving
to remain, in essence, a non-bureaucratic
organisation. An effective and firm system of
internal controls ensures that risks are managed
within acceptable limits, but not at the expense
of innovation or speed of response.
The Group believes that it has got this balance
right and, furthermore, that this is one of its
greatest strengths. The Group’s policies ensure
that it continues to follow a best practice
approach to managing its people and remains
a fair and professional employer. In the unlikely
event of an employee having a serious concern
relating to the operations of the business,
a whistleblowing policy explains to staff how
they can confidentially raise their misgivings.
Hiscox also subscribes to Public Concern
at Work, which provides free legal advice to any
employee with a concern about possible danger
or malpractice in the workplace.
Hiscox wants to employ the best people and
provide them with the means and the motivation
to excel. This is achieved with fair rewards and
by providing staff with an environment in which
they can enjoy their work and reach their full
potential. Hiscox recognises how important it
is for employees to maintain a healthy work/life
balance and it gives them the option of flexible
and home working wherever possible.
Equal opportunities
Hiscox is committed to providing equal
opportunities to all employees and potential
employees in all aspects of employment,
26
Corporate responsibility Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
£1.1m
Donated to charities
Hiscox UK
®
Working with co2balance.com
Infants School in Tower Hamlets through
the Reading Partners’ Scheme. Employees
also mentor students at Morpeth School
in Tower Hamlets.
Supporting the arts and sciences
The Group continues to support the Bermuda
Masterworks Foundation, which aims to
repatriate artworks by Bermudian artists or
featuring Bermuda landscapes/seascapes.
Hiscox has a three-year commitment to
support the Whitechapel Art Gallery, in the East
End of London. We sponsor the collections
gallery at the Whitechapel, which is a touchstone
for contemporary art internationally.
Hiscox is supporting The Royal Institution with
a loan and corporate sponsorship. We are proud
to support this independent charity which is the
oldest independent research body in the world
and has been dedicated to connecting people
with the world of science for over 200 years.
The Hiscox Foundation
The Hiscox Foundation is a charity funded
by an annual contribution from Hiscox to give
donations to deserving causes. It gives priority
to any charity in which a member of staff is
involved, with the aim of encouraging and
developing employees to become involved
in charitable work. Hiscox staff continued their
support of the Richard House Hospice and
during 2010 raised over £29,500. The foundation
has committed to support HART (Humanitarian
Aid Relief Trust) over a three-year period.
HART helps some of the poorest and most
abused people in the world. More details
of the charities Hiscox supports can be found
on our website www.hiscox.com.
regardless of disability, sex, race, religion,
sexual inclination or background.
Rewards and benefits
Hiscox encourages employees to share in
the success of the Group through performance-
related pay, bonus, savings-related share option
schemes and executive share option schemes.
Competitive benefits packages contain health
and fitness perks and opportunities for flexible
working and career breaks. Watson Wyatt
benchmarks our salary packages against
the financial services industry as a whole
and against the Lloyd’s market specifically
(where applicable) and our salaries are also
considered on a country-by-country basis.
Training and development
Hiscox is committed to training and developing
its employees to help them maximise their
potential. Each permanent member of staff
is provided with a tailored personal development
programme. Their training and development
needs are reviewed twice a year, as well as their
performance against clearly set objectives.
Communication and participation
Employees are kept informed of business
developments through formal briefings, team
meetings, intranet bulletins, video conferences
and other more informal routes. Management
takes these opportunities to listen to staff and
involve them in taking the business forward.
A monthly staff e-zine provides updates on
issues and social events.
The community
Hiscox donated £1,109,000 to charities in 2010.
The Group has maintained its involvement
in its local communities with the strong support
of its employees. In Bermuda, Hiscox supports
the Bermuda Sunshine League, which is a
transitional living facility for children removed
from unstable living environments. It gives
employees the opportunity to contribute time
to children who require adult role models and
some stability. In addition to $50,000 in
donations to the not-for-profit organisation
Habitat for Humanity, more than 60 employees
from five locations in the USA participated in
Habitat for Humanity ‘builds’, volunteering their
time and labour for homes in various stages
of completion. The Habitat for Humanity initiative
gave Hiscox USA employees a chance to have
a direct positive impact on their respective
communities. Hiscox is a member of the Lloyd’s
Community programme, which supports local
initiatives concerning education, training,
enterprise and regeneration. In London, members
of our staff help pupils at the Elizabeth Selby
Hiscox has made a donation to the Team 2012
Fundraising Appeal, supporting Britain’s
athletes on their journey to success.
Corporate responsibility Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
27
Insurance carriers
Syndicate 33
Hiscox can trace its origins in the Lloyd’s Market
to 1901. Today, Hiscox Syndicate 33 is one
of the largest composite syndicates at Lloyd’s,
and has an A.M. Best syndicate rating of A
(Excellent). Syndicate 33 underwrites a mixture
of reinsurance, major property and energy
business, as well as a range of specialty lines
including contingency, technology and media
risks among others. The business is mainly
property-related short-tail business. Syndicate
33 trades through the Lloyd’s worldwide licences
and ratings. It also benefits from the Lloyd’s
brand. Lloyd’s has an A (Excellent) rating from
A.M. Best, an A+ (Strong) from Standard &
Poor’s, and an A+ (Strong) rating from Fitch.
The geographical and currency splits are
shown to the right. One of the main advantages
of trading through Lloyd’s is the considerably
lower capital ratios that are available due to the
diversification of business written in Syndicate
33 and in Lloyd’s as a whole. For 2011
Syndicate 33 has a capital requirement ratio
of approximately 45% of Syndicate capacity.
The size of the Syndicate is increased or reduced
according to the strength of the insurance
environment in its main classes. At present,
Hiscox owns approximately 72.5% of the
Syndicate, with the remainder owned by third-
party Lloyd’s Names. Hiscox receives a fee
and a profit commission of approximately
17.5% of profit on the element it does not own.
For the 2011 year of account, Syndicate 33’s
capacity has been reduced from £1 billion to
£900 million, primarily to reflect the reduced
appetite in certain business lines.
The chart below right shows the gross premiums
written of Syndicate 33 for the last ten years.
Syndicate 3624
Syndicate 3624 is a wholly owned syndicate
which began underwriting for the 2009 year of
account with an underwriting capacity of £150
million. Syndicate 3624 writes the US E&O
account written through the Hiscox underwriting
agency in Armonk, New York and a 50% quota
share of Syndicate 33’s TMT business written by
Hiscox-owned underwriting agencies. Syndicate
3624 has a capital requirement ratio of 73% of
syndicate capacity. Total underwriting capacity
of Syndicate 3624 has been increased to £250
million for the 2011 year of account reflecting the
focus on the expansion in the US.
Cougar Syndicate 6104
Cougar Syndicate 6104 was set up under
a limited tenancy agreement for the 2008 year
of account with an initial capacity of £34 million.
It is wholly backed by external Names and takes
a pure year of account quota share of Syndicate
33’s international property catastrophe
reinsurance account. The arrangement was
extended for the 2010 year of account and
Cougar Syndicate 6104’s capacity was increased
to £45 million. The Syndicate will continue for
the 2011 year of account with a reduction in
underwriting capacity to £37 million.
Syndicate 33
Capacity and Hiscox ownership (£m)
Capacity
Hiscox Ltd ownership
Qualifying quota share
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
0
8
4
2
4
8
5
2
6
4
8
2
3
8
4
7
7
7
4
5
0
5
5
0
5
5
7
8
4
7
8
5
3
6
4
0
6
7
5
0
5
7
4
3
0
0
7
4
4
5
8
0
5
7
5
0
0
0
1,
7
3
0
0
9
5
2
7
3
5
6
1
0
2
4
0
5
0
6
3
1
9
1
7
7
2
2001
2002 2003
2004 2005 2006 2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
28
Insurance carriers Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Syndicate 33
Gross premiums written currency split (%)
3%
CAD
11%
EUR
11%
GBP
75%
USD
Syndicate 33
Gross premiums written geographical split (%)
5%
Asia
6%
Europe
6%
UK
29%
Rest of world
54%
North America
Syndicate 33
Gross premiums written (£m)
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
0
1,024
994
1,034
885
872
827
844
830
722
567
2001
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
2008
2007
2009 2010
Insurance carriers Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
29
Insurance carriers
continued
Hiscox Insurance Company
Hiscox purchased Hiscox Insurance Company
Limited in 1996, in keeping with its aim of
diversifying its activities outside of Lloyd’s and
writing a focused book of regional specialist
risks. The Group has reshaped the Company’s
original portfolio to concentrate on high value
household and smaller premium professional
indemnity business.
Hiscox Insurance Company (Guernsey)
Formed by Hiscox in 1998, Hiscox Insurance
Company (Guernsey) Limited writes mainly
kidnap and ransom and fine art insurance.
Hiscox Guernsey has an A.M. Best rating
of A (Excellent) and an A (Strong) rating from
Fitch. At the end of 2010, net assets exceeded
$28 million (2009: $28 million).
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited has licences
throughout Europe. It is the primary insurance
vehicle used by the UK and mainland Europe
offices for their business. The success of the
reshaped portfolio can be seen in the chart
below right.
Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda)
Formed by Hiscox in late 2005, Hiscox Insurance
Company (Bermuda) Limited was set up as
an expansion of the reinsurance operations of
Hiscox and as an internal reinsurer of the Group.
It recently employed a new team to underwrite
healthcare insurance.
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited has
achieved average compound growth in gross
premiums written of 13.8% from 1997 to 2010,
despite discontinuing almost all of its original
business. It has also significantly improved its
combined ratio.
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited has
an A.M. Best rating of A (Excellent), a Standard
& Poor’s rating of A (Strong) and an A (Strong)
rating from Fitch.
At the end of 2010, net assets exceeded
£197 million (2009: £172 million).
Hiscox Bermuda has an A.M. Best rating
of A (Excellent) and an A (Strong) rating from
Fitch. At the end of 2010, net assets exceeded
$941 million (2009: $807 million).
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc.
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc. was acquired
by the Group in 2007 through the purchase of
the then parent holding company ALTOHA, Inc.
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc. is based in
Chicago, Illinois and is an admitted insurance
company with licences in all 50 US states and
the District of Columbia. Its main business was
animal mortality insurance for cattle and horses.
These business lines were sold during the year
and the Company wrote other property and
liability coverage. From November 2010, the
Company launched direct commercial business.
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc. is rated A
(Excellent) by A.M. Best. At the end of 2010, net
assets exceeded $58 million (2009: $56 million).
Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited
Gross premiums written ($m) External business
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
297
299
263
212
171
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
30
Insurance carriers Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited
Gross premiums written geographical split by origin (%)
3%
3%
4%
8%
Other Europe
Belgium
Netherlands
Germany
12%
France
70%
UK
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited
Gross premiums written (£m)
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
404
381
325
284
231
233
242
219
164
176
127
90
98
75
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Insurance carriers Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
31
Board of Directors
Executive Directors
Independent Non
Executive Directors
Robert Ralph
Scrymgeour Hiscox
Chairman (Aged 68)
Bronislaw Edmund
Masojada
Chief Executive
(Aged 49)
Stuart John Bridges
Chief Financial Offi cer
(Aged 50)
Robert Simon Childs
Chief Underwriting Offi cer
and Chairman
of Hiscox USA (Aged 59)
Richard Gillingwater
Senior Independent
Director (Aged 54)
Robert Hiscox joined
Hiscox in 1965 and has
been Chairman of the
main holding company
of Hiscox since its
incorporation in 1973.
He was Deputy Chairman
of Lloyd’s between 1993
and 1995. He is a Non
Executive Director of
Grainger Tru st plc, and
AGICM Ltd.
Bronek Masojada joined
Hiscox in 1993. From
1989 to 1993 he was
employed by McKinsey
and Co. Bronek served
as a Deputy Chairman
of Lloyd’s from 2001
to 2007. He was a Non
Executive Director of
Ins-sure Holdings Limited
from 2002 to 2006 and
is a past President of
The Insurance Institute
of London. He is
Chairman of the Lloyd’s
Tercentenary Foundation,
a charity which supports
research in areas of
interest to the insurance
industry.
Stuart Bridges joined
Hiscox in 1999. He is
a Chartered Accountant
and has held posts in
various fi nancial service
companies in the UK and
US, including Henderson
Global Investors. During
the year he was Chairman
of the Business Advisory
Board of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants
in England and Wales,
a member of the Financial
Regulation and Taxation
Committee of the
Association of British
Insurers and is Chairman
of the Lloyd’s Market
Association Finance
Committee.
Robert Childs joined
Hiscox in 1986, served
as the Active Underwriter
of the Hiscox Lloyd’s
Syndicate 33 between
1993 and 2005, and
is the Group’s Chief
Underwriting Offi cer.
Robert was Chairman
of the Lloyd’s Market
Association from January
2003 to May 2005. Robert
is a Trustee of Enham
(a charity for the disabled),
Chairman of the Advisory
Board of the School of
Management of Royal
Holloway University of
London, and Chairman
of The Bermuda Society.
Richard Gillingwater
joined Hiscox in
December 2010. He is
Dean of Cass Business
School. He spent a
decade at Kleinwort
Benson, before moving
to and eventually
becoming joint Head
of Corporate Finance
for BZW, a division of
Barclays Bank. When
that became Credit
Suisse First Boston,
he became Chairman
of European Investment
Banking. In 2003 he
became Chief Executive
and later Chairman of
the Shareholder Executive
which manages the UK
Government’s day-to-
day relationships with
government-owned
businesses. He was
awarded a CBE in
the Queen’s Birthday
Honours List 2008
in recognition of his
services to the fi nancial
services industry.
32
Board of Directors Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Secretary
Charles Dupplin
Registered offi ce
Wessex House
45 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda
Registered number
38877
Auditors
KPMG
Crown House
4 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Solicitors
Appleby Hunter Bailhache
Canon’s Court
22 Victoria Street
PO Box HM 1179
Hamilton
HMEX Bermuda
Bankers
Bank of Bermuda – HSBC
6 Front Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
Stockbrokers
UBS Limited
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP
United Kingdom
Registrars
Capita Registrars (Jersey)
Limited
PO Box 532
St Helier
Jersey JE4 5UW
Member of the
Audit Committee
Member of the
Confl ict Committee
Member of the
Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
Chairman of Committee
is highlighted in solid
Daniel Maurice Healy
Non Executive Director
and Chairman of the Audit
Committee (Aged 68)
Ernst Robert Jansen
Non Executive Director
(Aged 62)
Dr James Austin
Charles King
Non Executive Director
and Chairman of the
Confl ict Committee
(Aged 72)
Robert McMillan
Non Executive Director
(Aged 58)
Ernst Jansen joined
Hiscox in 2008. He
held several Managing
Director positions in
the European chemical
industry between 1980
and 1990. He was an
Executive Director then
Vice Chairman of Eureko
B.V. between 1992 and
2007. Following retirement
he became an adviser
to the Executive Board
and is a member of the
Supervisory Board of
a number of Eureko
operating companies.
Dr James King joined
Hiscox in 2006. He chairs
Keytech Limited, The
Bermuda Telephone
Company Ltd, Grotto
Bay Properties Ltd
and the Establishment
Investment Trust, a UK
listed company. He was
Chairman of the Bank
of N.T. Butterfi eld & Son
Limited until 19 April 2007.
He is a Director of Castle
Harbour Limited. Dr King
is a fellow of the Royal
College of Surgeons,
Canada and the American
College of Surgeons.
Daniel Healy joined
Hiscox in 2006. He was
appointed Executive
Vice President and Chief
Financial Offi cer of North
Fork Bancorporation in
1992 and a member of
its Board of Directors in
2000. He was a partner
with KPMG LLP before
joining North Fork.
He was the Managing
Partner of the San José,
California and Long
Island, New York offi ces
and held other positions
in that fi rm during his
tenure. He is Chairman
of Herald National Bank
and he holds Board
positions with KBW, Inc.
and Harlem RBI, a not-for-
profi t organisation. He is
also a Senior Adviser to
Permira Advisers LLC,
an international private
equity fi rm.
Robert (Bob) McMillan
joined the Hiscox Ltd
Board in December 2010.
He spent 24 years with
the Progressive Insurance
Corporation where he
served in various positions
including National Director
of Product Development,
then claims before
becoming National
Director of Marketing.
He led Progressive’s
initiatives in multi-channel
distribution, fi nancial
responsibility based
rating, and immediate
response claims. He
has received two United
States patents related
to motor insurance
pricing. He has lectured
on business innovation
at the University of
Virginia’s Darden School
of Business and at
the Harvard Business
School. He has been
a Non Executive Director
of Hiscox Inc. since
March 2007.
Gunnar Stokholm
Non Executive Director
(Aged 61)
Gunnar Stokholm
joined Hiscox in 2008.
He worked for Zurich
Financial Services
between 1995 and
2004, in a number of
roles including CEO
for Australia and Asian
markets. He spent the
majority of his career at
Topdanmark Insurance
and held the position
of Managing Director
of Topdanmark Holding
from 1986 to 1995.
Andrea Sarah Rosen
Senior Independent
Director (Jan 2010–
Feb 2011) and Chairman
of the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
(Aged 56)
Andrea Rosen joined
the Hiscox Ltd Board
in 2006. She is a Director
of Alberta Investment
Management Corporation
and a Director of Emera
Inc. She was previously
Vice Chair of TD Financial
Group and President
of TD Canada Trust from
2002 to 2005. Prior to this
she held various positions
within the TD Financial
Group from 1994 to 2002,
including Executive
Vice President of TD
Commercial Banking
and Vice Chair of TD
Securities. She was Vice
President of Varity
Corporation from 1991
to 1994 and held various
positions with Wood
Gundy Inc. from 1981
to 1990.
Board of Directors Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
33
Corporate
governance
Overview and basis of reporting
Hiscox Ltd (‘the Company’) is the Bermudian
domiciled holding company for the Group.
The Company is listed on the London Stock
Exchange’s main market for listed securities.
The corporate governance framework for
companies registered in Bermuda is established
by the Company’s constitution together with
Companies Act legislation.
During 2010, and up to the date of this report
and accounts, the Group has complied with
the provisions of the Combined Code in all
material respects.
The Board of Directors
The Board comprises four Executive Directors
and seven independent Non Executive
Directors, including a Senior Independent
Director. Biographical details for each member
of the Board are provided on pages 32 to 33.
The Board continues to believe in the need for
an Executive Chairman. The roles and activities
of the Chairman and Chief Executive are distinct
and separate. The Chairman is responsible for
running an effective Board including oversight
of corporate governance and overall strategy.
The Chief Executive has responsibility for
running the Group’s business.
In accordance with the new UK Corporate
Governance Code, all Directors are required
to submit themselves for re-appointment at
the Annual General Meeting of the Company.
The appointment and removal of the Company
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.
All Directors are entitled to seek independent
professional advice at the Company’s expense.
A copy of the advice is provided to the Company
Secretary who will circulate it to all Directors.
The Board meets at least four times a year and
operates within established Terms of Reference.
It is supplied with appropriate and timely
information to enable it to review business
strategy, trading performance, business risks
and opportunities. The Board of Hiscox Ltd met
four times during the year. The Board considers
all the Non Executive Directors to be independent
within the meaning of the Combined Code and
the new UK Corporate Governance Code
as there are no relationships or circumstances
which would interfere with the exercise of their
independent judgement.
The Board’s Terms of Reference include
a Schedule of Matters Reserved for Board
Decision, a copy of which can be found
on the Group’s website: www.hiscox.com.
The Board retains ultimate authority for high-level
strategic and management decisions including:
setting Group strategy, approving significant
mergers or acquisitions, approving the financial
statements, declaration of the interim dividend
and recommendation of the final dividend,
approving Group business plans and budgets,
approving major new areas of business,
approving capital raising, approving any bonus
or rights issues of share capital, setting Group
investment guidelines, approving the Directors’
remuneration, approving significant expenditure
or projects, and approving the issue of share
options. The Board has, however, authorised
the boards of the trading entities and business
divisions to manage their respective operational
affairs, to the extent that Company Board level
approval is not required.
The Board’s committees
The Board has appointed and authorised
a number of committees to manage aspects
of the Group’s affairs. Each committee operates
within established written terms of reference
and each committee Chairman reports directly
to the Board.
The Group Executive Committee
The Group Executive Committee, comprising
the Executive Directors, meets monthly to raise
and discuss topics such as Group strategy
(subject always to Board approval), approval
of senior appointments and remuneration (other
than Board appointments), management of
the Group’s trading performance, mergers and
acquisitions (which are not significant to the
Group), significant issues raised by the London,
European and US and executive groups and
approval of exceptional spend within the limits
established by the Board. The London, European
and US executive groups provide strategic
direction and are a forum for communicating
important issues. Below these geographic
executive groups, are the local management
teams that drive the local businesses.
The Audit Committee
The Audit Committee of Hiscox Ltd is chaired
by Daniel Healy and comprises Richard
Gillingwater, Ernst Jansen, Dr James King,
Bob McMillan, Andrea Rosen and Gunnar
Stokholm. The Chairman of the Committee,
Daniel Healy, is considered by the Board to
have recent and relevant financial experience.
The Audit Committee meets at least three
times a year to assist the Board on matters
of financial reporting, risk management and
internal control. The Audit Committee monitors
the scope, results and cost effectiveness
of the internal and external audit functions, the
independence and objectivity of the external
auditors, and the nature and extent of non-audit
work undertaken by the external auditors
together with the level of related fees. The
internal and external auditors have unrestricted
access to the Audit Committee. All non-audit
work undertaken by the Group’s external
auditors with fees greater than £50,000 must
be pre-approved by the Audit Committee.
KPMG has confirmed to the Audit Committee
that in its opinion it remains independent.
The Committee is satisfied that this is the case.
The Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
34
Corporate governance Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
comprises Richard Gillingwater, Daniel Healy,
Ernst Jansen, Dr James King, Bob McMillan,
Andrea Rosen, Gunnar Stokholm and Dirk
Stuurop and until his death Sir Mervyn Pedelty.
It was chaired, until his death, by Sir Mervyn
Pedelty, with Andrea Rosen as alternate,
and is now chaired by Andrea Rosen. It meets
a minimum of twice a year to deal with
appointments to the Board and to recommend
a framework of executive remuneration.
During the year, the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee, considered the appointment of
a Non Executive Director. A selection process
was agreed by the Committee a recruitment
consultancy was appointed and a detailed
specification was prepared. It was agreed that
Andrea Rosen (Acting Senior Independent
Director) would represent the Committee in
the selection process and she, as well as the
Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Group Human Resources Director, interviewed
the shortlisted candidates.
The Board approved the appointment of Bob
McMillan as a Non Executive Director. He has
been a Non Executive Director of Hiscox Inc.
since March 2007 and the Board consider that
the knowledge and experience gained from
this role, together with Bob’s background in
the insurance industry, are a significant benefit
to the Board. Richard Gillingwater took over as
Senior Independent Director from Acting Senior
Independent Director, Andrea Rosen, on 28
February 2011.
The Directors’ remuneration report is presented
on pages 37 to 45.
The Conflicts Committee
The Group has a Conflicts Committee which
comprises independent Non Executive Directors
from within the Group, and is chaired by Dr
James King. It meets as and when required.
Conflicts of interest may arise from time to time
because Syndicate 33, Syndicate 3624 and
Syndicate 6104 are managed by a Hiscox-owned
Lloyd’s Managing Agency. 27.5% of the Names
on Syndicate 33 are third-parties and 72.5%
of Syndicate 33 is owned by a Hiscox Group
company. 100% of Syndicate 3624 is owned
by a Hiscox Group company. 100% of Syndicate
6104 is owned by third-parties. The Conflicts
Committee serves to protect the interests of the
third-party Syndicate Names. Should such a
potential conflict of interest arise, there is a formal
procedure to refer the matter to this Committee.
Risk Committees
There are a number of committees within
the Group which have been established
to oversee specific risk areas, including
underwriting, reserving, reinsurance credit,
liquidity, broker credit, business continuity and
investments. A Group risk committee ensures
that risk management activities are effective
and integrated. These committees comprise
Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries
and relevant senior employees.
Performance evaluation
Periodically the Chairman reviews the
performance of the Board as a whole. He meets
with the Non Executive Directors separately
and as a body to discuss a wide range of issues,
including the performance of the Executive
Directors. In addition the Non Executives
periodically meet without the Chairman and
Executive Directors to discuss a similarly wide
range of issues concerning the company
including as appropriate the performance of the
Chairman and the Executive Directors. No major
issues concerning Board performance have
been raised during the year.
Meetings and attendance table
Director
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
SJ Bridges
RS Childs
RD Gillingwater
DM Healy
ER Jansen
Dr J King
R McMillan
AS Rosen
G Stokholm
Ltd Board
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
and Nomination
Committee
Attended
Attended
Attended
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
0/0
4/4
3/4
4/4
0/0
4/4
4/4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0/0
3/3
2/3
3/3
0/0
3/3
3/3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0/0
3/3
3/3
3/3
0/0
3/3
3/3
Corporate governance Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
35
The Group also has an internal audit function
which has direct access to the Audit Committee
and reports to each meeting.
The Board acknowledges that it is neither
possible, nor desirable, to eliminate risk
completely. The system is designed to manage
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve
business objectives, and can only provide
reasonable and not absolute assurance against
material misstatement or loss. The constant
aim is to be fully aware of the risks to which the
business is exposed and to manage these risks
to acceptable levels.
Corporate
governance
continued
The Chief Executive held one-to-one meetings
with each of the Executive Directors to discuss
their performance over the year and to set
targets for the year ahead.
Shareholder communications
The Executive Directors communicate and
meet directly with shareholders and analysts
throughout each year, and do not limit this
to the period following the release of financial
results or other significant announcements.
Dirk Stuurop resigned as a Director of Hiscox Ltd
on 19 August 2010 and did not attend the Annual
General Meeting. All other Directors attended
the Annual General Meeting in 2010.
The Company commissions independent
research on feedback from shareholders
and analysts on a regular basis following the
Company’s results announcements. This
research together with the analysts’ research
notes are copied to the Non Executive Directors
in full. The Chairman attends a number of
meetings with shareholders as well as speaking
at the analysts’ presentations. In addition, any
specific items covered in letters received from
major shareholders are reported to the Board.
Major shareholders are invited to request
meetings with the Senior Independent Director
and/or the other Non Executive Directors.
An alert service is available on www.hiscox.com
to notify any stakeholder of new stock exchange
announcements.
Accountability and internal control
The Directors are responsible for maintaining
a sound system of internal control to safeguard
the investment made by shareholders and the
Company’s assets, and for reviewing its
effectiveness.
The risk management systems are set out in
detail in the risk management report on pages
21 to 25.
The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of
internal controls during 2010, including financial,
operational and compliance controls. The Board
confirms there is an ongoing process for
identifying, evaluating and managing the
significant risks faced by the Company, which
has been in place throughout the year and up
to the date of approval of the Annual Report
and Accounts and accords with the guidance
in the document ‘Internal Control: Guidance for
Directors on the Combined Code’. The head
of each business area is responsible for
implementing the risk management programme
in their area of operations. The Risk function
collates risk management information and works
with the risk committees to monitor significant
risks and movements, and review the relevant
internal controls.
36
Corporate governance Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Directors’
remuneration
report
Total shareholder return (%)
Hiscox
FTSE Non life
insurance
FTSE All share
150
100
50
0
-50
Remuneration policy
The remuneration philosophy is to provide
rewards that are competitive in every country
in which Hiscox operates and that are consistent
with our overall reward principles:
competitive base pay;
benefits which encourage health and
security for the individual and his or her
family but are not excessive and are
consistent at all levels of the organisation;
an annual bonus scheme which enables
employees to earn attractive bonuses for
generating good levels of return on equity;
to encourage share ownership at all levels
of the organisation and require it at senior
levels; and
contracts and notice periods that are in line
with acceptable market practice but limit
severance payments made on termination.
This report sets out the remuneration
policy for the Group’s senior executives.
This policy is consistent with the overall
reward approach across the Group.
The sections in this report entitled ‘Annual
cash incentives’, ‘Share incentive schemes’,
‘Remuneration of Executive Directors’ and
‘Pensions’ have been audited by KPMG.
The remainder of the report is unaudited.
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
meets at least twice a year. The members
of the Committee for 2010 were Andrea Rosen
(Chairman), Daniel Healy, Dr James King,
Dirk Stuurop, Ernst Jansen, Gunnar Stokholm
and Sir Mervyn Pedelty (until his death in January
2010 when Andrea took over as Chair).
The primary purpose of the Committee
is to determine:
the overall remuneration strategy,
policy and cost for the Group;
the levels and make-up of remuneration
for the four Executive Directors; and
the award of sizeable bonuses to individuals
other than the Executive Directors.
No member of the committee has any personal
financial interest (other than as a shareholder)
or conflicts of interest arising from cross
directorships or day-to-day involvement in
running the business. No Director plays any
part in any discussion about his or her
own remuneration.
The Committee is provided with data and
has access to advice from Towers Watson,
independent remuneration consultants.
The Company also uses the Towers Watson
compensation benchmarking reports.
D ec 05
Fe b 06
A pr 06
Jun 06
A u g 06
O ct 06
D ec 06
Fe b 07
A pr 07
Jun 07
A u g 07
O ct 07
D ec 07
Fe b 08
A pr 08
Jun 08
A u g 08
O ct 08
D ec 08
Fe b 09
A pr 09
Jun 09
A u g 09
O ct 09
D ec 09
Fe b 10
A pr 10
Jun 10
A u g 10
O ct 10
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
37
Directors’
remuneration
report continued
As a business Hiscox is focused on generating
strong returns on equity and long-term
shareholder returns, therefore our reward
structure is aligned with this.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
regularly reviews our remuneration approach
and, particularly in the context of the current
remuneration environment, will do so again
this year.
Remuneration elements
The elements of remuneration at Hiscox
are: fixed reward (base salary, benefits and
retirement benefits) and variable reward
(annual cash incentives (bonuses) and share
incentive schemes).
Fixed reward
Fixed reward is made up of base salary, benefits
and retirement benefits.
Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed annually. The
Remuneration and Nomination Committee takes
into account inflation rate movements by country,
market data provided by its own consultants,
Towers Watson, and the competitive position
of Hiscox salaries (based on the Towers Watson
salary reports), in order to set the overall
salary budget.
and individual) should enable employees
to achieve upper quartile total remuneration.
Two bonus pools are operated: the Personal
Performance Bonus (PPB) and the Profit Related
Bonus (PRB). The PPB is only available to junior
and mid-level staff and is based entirely on
individual performance ratings. It is designed
to ensure that employees in these roles continue
to be motivated to perform and the benefit is
up to 10% of relevant salaries.
All employees, including Executive Directors,
are eligible for the Profit Related Bonus.
The PRB scheme is triggered when the business
profits of the Group, based on the year’s pre-tax
operating result, exceed a return on equity (ROE)
linked to the longer-term rate of return (‘Hurdle
Rate’). The minimum Hurdle Rate is currently set
at a 10% pre-tax return on equity with the bonus
pool comprising 15% of profits in excess of that.
Bonus pools are then calculated for each major
business division and line of business based
on the performance of that division against the
Hurdle Rate of return for the division’s allocated
equity. For the large premium business divisions
the calculation is the same as for the Group
(described above). Effective 2011 the small
premium business divisions will have bonus
pools calculated by taking 15% of total profits
once the Hurdle Rate has been achieved.
Individual salaries are set by taking into account
all of the above as well as individual performance
and skills.
The Hurdle Rate for the 2010 bonus was reviewed.
On balance the conclusion was that the Hurdle
Rate should remain unchanged for 2010.
When approving Executive Directors’ salaries,
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
takes into account rates of inflation, individual
performance, and competitive positioning of
salaries as informed by Towers Watson data
and other publicly available reports.
The base salaries of the Executive Directors
were not increased in 2010.
Benefits
Benefits are set within agreed principles but
reflect normal practice for each country. Hiscox
benefits include health insurance, life insurance
and long-term disability schemes.
Retirement benefits
These also vary by local country practice.
All open Hiscox retirement schemes are based
on defined contributions.
Variable reward
Annual cash incentives (bonuses)
Hiscox’s remuneration policy is underpinned
by the belief that a reasonable portion of total
remuneration should be attained through
incentive awards, thereby linking rewards
directly with performance. The expectation
is that successful performance (company
From 2011 the Hurdle Rate will be reviewed by
using a ‘benchmark rate’ which takes account
of the medium-term, forward looking investment
returns (specifically 1–3 year Gilt and Treasury
yields, cash returns and the general investment
environment). The Hurdle Rate will then be set at
5% above this benchmark rate. If the benchmark
rate drops below zero or above 7.5% (suggesting
a Hurdle Rate of below 5% or above 12.5%)
we would review this approach. Based on this,
the Hurdle Rate for 2011 has been set at 7.5%.
Once the overall bonus pool has been
established, individual bonuses, including those
for Executive Directors, are calculated based
on the results of each business area and
individual performance. The Remuneration
and Nomination Committee determines the
bonuses to be paid to the Executive Directors
based on the performance of the Group
and an assessment of individual performance.
In this way, the bonus scheme aligns the
interests of Executive Directors and employees
with shareholders.
38
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Executive Directors’ cash incentives and ROE
Pre-tax return
on equity
%
Average bonus as a
percentage of salary
%
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
3
(24)
13
30
28
19
35
36
14
34
19
0
0
90
202
173
54
274
372
53
287
108
The payment of larger bonuses is normally
deferred over a three-year period as follows
(with receipt dependent on continued service).
Bonus of £50,000,
€75,000, $100,000
and below
Entire bonus taken
in cash in year one
Bonus above £50,000
and below £100,000
Bonus above €75,000
and below €150,000
Bonus above $100,000
and below $200,000
£50,000, €75,000,
$100,000 taken
in year one
Balance of bonus
split 50% in year two,
and 50% in year three
Bonus above £100,000
Bonus above €150,000
Bonus above $200,000
50% of bonus taken
in year one
Balance of bonus
split 50% in year two,
and 50% in year three
Share ownership is encouraged amongst senior
personnel by allowing the deferred element of
the annual bonus to be used, without deferral for:
payment of the exercise price on the
exercise of share options;
payment of tax on the exercise
of performance shares;
purchase of shares; and
payment of debt due on share purchases.
The only exception to this is for US-based
employees where, due to the implications of
the US Internal Revenue Code, employees are
not able to receive the deferred element of their
bonuses early in order to purchase shares.
Early payment of deferred bonuses for reasons
other than the above can only be made with
the agreement of the Chief Executive, and the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee in
the case of Executive Directors.
Share Incentive Schemes
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
believes that employees should be encouraged
to own Hiscox shares so that they are aligned
with the long-term success of the Company.
Hiscox operates a Performance Share Plan for
senior managers, a UK Save as You Earn scheme
and an International Save as You Earn scheme.
Performance Share Plan
Restricted share awards or nil cost option
awards (depending on the appropriate practice
by country) are made to Executive Directors
and other senior managers at the discretion of
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
Awards under this plan were made in 2010 and
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
has also agreed to make awards under this
plan in 2011. The maximum annual award
to an individual under the Performance Share
Plan is a value of 200% of basic salary. The
highest actual grant awarded in 2010 was 195%
of basic salary.
Dividend payments
In order to better align senior managers with
Total Shareholder Return, the concept which
is applied to the Performance Share Plan
awards is that the recipient is provided with
the equivalent of the dividend either in shares
or cash. This specifically works as follows:
dividends (or amounts equal to dividends)
on shares granted under the Performance
Share Plan roll up in the form of shares
between the grant and vesting;
at the end of the performance period the
employee would have options over the
proportion of the share grant which vests
by reference to the satisfaction of the
applicable performance target as well as
over the number of shares representing the
‘rolled up’ dividends on those shares; and
for UK-based employees only, after vesting
but before exercise, the employee would
then receive ‘shadow dividends’ (i.e.
amounts equal to dividends paid) on the
total number of shares remaining under
option. Up to a maximum of 200,000 shares
under option per individual, these amounts
would be paid in cash, twice yearly, at the
same time as dividends are paid to
shareholders, until the option is exercised
(which could be for up to a further seven
years, when the option expires). Above
200,000 shares under option, the ‘shadow
dividends’ would be re-invested into shares
within the trust. Executive Directors,
however, would have the entire ‘shadow
dividend’ re-invested in shares within
an employee benefit trust.
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
39
Directors’
remuneration
report continued
Performance conditions
Performance conditions for the Performance
Share Plan are as follows:
25% of the award vests if the Company
achieves an average ROE of 10% post-tax
for each of the three years;
100% vests if the average three-year return
exceeds 17.5% post-tax; and
vesting will occur on a straight-line basis
between these points.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
believes that using ROE as the long-term
performance condition better aligns the interests
of employees with shareholders as ROE best
captures the efficiency with which the Company
is using shareholder funds to generate earnings.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
believes that an average ROE performance
requirement over the three-year period
smoothes out any cyclical fluctuations in
earnings and ensures that over any given period
shareholders will receive a minimum return
on equity before awards granted to employees
will vest.
ROE has been calculated as profit after tax and
goodwill amortisation divided by shareholders
funds at the beginning of each year, excluding
foreign currency items on economic hedges
and intragroup borrowings.
Save as You Earn
The sharesave scheme and international
sharesave scheme are offered to all employees
and currently have a 55% participation.
Shareholding guidelines
We strongly believe that senior managers
within Hiscox should be aligned with Hiscox
shareholders by owning a reasonable number
of Hiscox shares.
Formal shareholding guidelines are in place
which mean that within five years of becoming
an Executive Director, Hiscox Partner (the top
5% of employees in the company) or a member
of a subsidiary board, the employee will be
expected to own Hiscox shares valued at 100%
of salary for Hiscox Partners and members
of subsidiary boards and 150% of salary for
Executive Directors.
The table at the end of the remuneration report
details Directors’ interests in the long-term
incentive plans.
Executive Director reward
Executive Directors’ reward packages are
consistent with the rest of the business. The
actual compensation paid to the four Executive
Directors in 2010 is outlined in the table below.
Details of their contractual notice periods are
contained in the table below right.
RRS Hiscox
35%
34%
31%
BE Masojada
28%
32%
RS Childs
SJ Bridges
29%
29%
33%
31%
40%
38%
40%
Base Annual cash incentive Share incentive scheme
‘Base’ refers to base salary for the year.
‘Annual cash incentive’ is the annual amount allocated from the profi t bonus pool.
‘Share incentive scheme’ is the estimated value at award of the Performance Share Plan
awards made during the year.
40
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Remuneration of Executive Directors
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
RS Childs
SJ Bridges
2010
Basic salary
£000
2010
Benefits
£000
310
438
358
328
2
2
2
2
2010
Bonus
£000
300
500
400
350
2010
Total
£000
612
940
760
680
2009
Basic salary
£000
2009
Benefi ts
£000
310
436
356
326
2
2
73
2
2009
Bonus
£000
800
1,250
1,250
800
2009
Total
£000
1,112
1,688
1,679
1,128
External Non Executive Directorships
No external appointments may be accepted by an Executive Director where such appointment may give rise to a conflict of interest.
The consent of the Chairman is required in any event. During the year, RRS Hiscox has been a Non Executive Director of Grainger Trust plc
and was paid £35,000 for his services and of AGICM Ltd and was paid £10,000. During the year, RS Childs has been a Non Executive
Director of HIM Capital Limited and HIM Capital Holdings Limited until resignation on 21 September 2010 and did not receive any payment
for his services. SJ Bridges and BE Masojada did not hold any Non Executive Director positions during the year.
Service contract table
Director
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
RS Childs
SJ Bridges
R Gillingwater
DM Healy
ER Jansen
Dr J King
R McMillan
AS Rosen
G Stokholm
Effective date of
Hiscox Ltd contract
12 Dec 2006
12 Dec 2006
12 Dec 2006
12 Dec 2006
1 Dec 2010
11 Oct 2006
20 Nov 2008
11 Oct 2006
1 Dec 2010
11 Oct 2006
20 Nov 2008
Unexpired term
and notice period
12 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
41
Directors’
remuneration
report continued
Remuneration of Non Executive Directors
Non Executive Directors receive an annual fee in respect of their Board appointments together with additional compensation for their further
duties in relation to Board committees. All amounts are denominated in US Dollars. The structure of the fees paid are detailed below.
The fees in relation to Hiscox Ltd for the year were:
R Gillingwater
DM Healy
ER Jansen
Dr J King
R McMillan
Sir Mervyn Pedelty
AS Rosen
G Stokholm
DA Stuurop
Pensions
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
RS Childs
SJ Bridges
Hiscox Ltd
Board
$000
Committees
$000
10
83
83
83
10
6
83
83
53
5
39
29
34
3
2
47
34
17
Total
2010
$000
15
122
112
117
13
8
130
117
70
Total
2009
$000
–
120
110
115
–
130
117
110
110
Increase
in accrued
pension
during the
year
£000
7
1
12
2
Transfer
accrued
annual pension at
31 Dec 10
£000
Transfer value
of increase
in accrued
pension
£000
Transfer value
of accrued
pension at
1 Jan 10
£000
Transfer value
of accrued
pension at
31 Dec 10
£000
Increase/
(decrease) in
transfer value of
accrued benefi t
during the year
£000
238
40
252
31
16
2
17
1
4,701
646
5,387
452
5,056
746
6,185
528
355
100
798
76
42
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Share options
SJ Bridges
RS Childs
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
Other employees
Total
Number of
options at
1 January
2010
56,398
180,341
154,578
154,578
154,578
700,473
78,958
206,104
206,104
206,103
206,104
903,373
56,398
56,398
169,195
78,958
206,104
206,104
206,104
206,104
1,072,569
151,679
244,742
360,947
621,433
630,489
1,138,410
1,102,718
4,250,418
6,983,231
Number of
options
granted
Number of
options
lapsed
Number of
options
exercised
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Number of
options at
31 December
2010
–
–
154,578
154,578
154,578
(56,398)
(180,341)
–
–
–
(236,739)
463,734
(78,958)
–
–
–
–
–
206,104
206,104
206,103
206,104
(78,958)
824,415
(56,398)
(56,398)
(169,195)
(78,958)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
206,104
206,104
206,104
206,104
(248,153)
824,416
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Exercise price
£
Market price
at date of
exercise
£
Date from
which
exercisable
Expiry date
1.755
1.252
1.465
1.514
1.499
1.755
1.252
1.465
1.514
1.499
3-May-04
2-May-11
3.401
3.401 19-Nov-05 18-Nov-12
1-Apr-13
12-Jul-14
5-Apr-15
2-Apr-06
13-Jul-07
6-Apr-08
–
–
–
3.364
3-May-04
2-May-11
– 19-Nov-05 18-Nov-12
1-Apr-13
–
12-Jul-14
–
5-Apr-15
–
2-Apr-06
13-Jul-07
6-Apr-08
1.755
3.688
3-May-04
2-May-11
1.020
1.755
1.252
1.465
1.514
1.499
3.410 15-Jun-03
3-May-04
3.410
14-Jun-10
2-May-11
– 19-Nov-05 18-Nov-12
1-Apr-13
–
12-Jul-14
–
5-Apr-15
–
2-Apr-06
13-Jul-07
6-Apr-08
–
–
–
–
–
(51,525)
(46,371)
(151,679)
(156,749)
(267,338)
(227,746)
(145,181)
(427,663)
(405,572)
–
87,993
93,609
393,687
485,308
659,222
650,775
(97,896)
(1,781,928) 2,370,594
(97,896)
(2,402,176) 4,483,159
14-Jun-10
1.020 3.380-3.483 15-Jun-03
1.755 3.363-3.600
2-May-11
3-May-04
0.806 3.346-3.615 27-Sep-04 26-Sep-11
1.252 3.363-3.600 19-Nov-05 18-Nov-12
1-Apr-13
1.465 3.363-3.600
12-Jul-14
1.514 3.360-3.585
5-Apr-15
1.499 3.344-3.585
2-Apr-06
13-Jul-07
6-Apr-08
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
43
Directors’
remuneration
report continued
Share options
The interests of the Directors and employees under the UK and International Sharesave Schemes of the Group are set out below:
UK Sharesave Scheme
SJ Bridges
RRS Hiscox
RS Childs
BE Masojada
Other employees
Number of
options at
1 January
2010
4,256
–
4,907
–
4,343
–
204,356
134,699
521,949
347,784
118,893
90,241
–
–
Number of
options
granted
Number of
options
lapsed
Number of
options
exercised
–
3,210
–
3,210
–
3,107
–
–
–
–
–
–
204,461
131,239
–
–
–
–
–
–
(6,298)
(15,797)
(36,626)
(29,458)
(8,085)
(10,019)
(14,957)
(1,243)
(4,256)
–
–
–
–
–
(198,058)
(70,960)
(4,440)
(4,198)
(1,294)
–
–
–
Number of
options at
31 December
2010
–
3,210
4,907
3,210
4,343
3,107
–
47,942
480,883
314,128
109,514
80,222
189,504
129,996
Exercise price
£
Market price
at date of
exercise
£
Date from
which
exercisable
Expiry date
31-Oct-10
3.340 01-May-10
2.220
01-Nov-13
– 01-May-13
2.826
01-Dec-11 31-May-12
–
1.956
01-Nov-13
– 01-May-13
2.826
– 01-Dec-10 31-May-11
2.210
– 01-Dec-13 31-May-14
2.896
2.220 3.340-3.600 01-May-10
31-Oct-10
2.210 3.415-3.618 01-Dec-10 31-May-11
31-Oct-11
1.982 3.401-3.510 01-May-11
01-Dec-11 31-May-12
1.956 3.412-3.599
2.418 3.401-3.415 01-May-12
01-Nov-12
– 01-Dec-12 31-May-13
2.752
01-Nov-13
– 01-May-13
2.826
– 01-Dec-13 31-May-14
2.896
Total
1,431,428
345,227
(122,483)
(283,206) 1,370,966
International Sharesave
Scheme
RS Childs
Other employees
4,147
89,691
7,363
23,038
161,130
49,751
54,438
73,180
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
89,254
39,845
–
(9,371)
(7,363)
(1,190)
(8,242)
(2,840)
(6,706)
(2,825)
(4,733)
–
(4,147)
(80,320)
–
(10,264)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
11,584
152,888
46,911
47,732
70,355
84,521
39,845
–
31-Oct-10
2.220
3.340 01-May-10
31-Oct-10
2.220 3.340-3.656 01-May-10
2.220
01-Jul-10 31-Dec-10
2.210 3.543-3.775 01-Dec-10 31-May-11
1.982
31-Oct-11
– 01-May-11
01-Dec-11 31-May-12
1.956
–
– 01-May-12
2.418
01-Nov-12
– 01-Dec-12 31-May-13
2.752
01-Nov-13
– 01-May-13
2.826
– 01-Dec-13 31-May-14
2.896
Total
462,738
129,099
(43,270)
(94,731)
453,836
44
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Performance Share Plan
SJ Bridges
RS Childs
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
Other employees
Number of
awards at
1 January
2010
120,000
110,000
200,000
–
150,000
140,000
225,000
–
80,000
75,000
50,000
–
200,000
175,000
275,000
–
909,580
55,262
2,026,500
52,000
1,553,000
2,906,000
–
Number of
awards
granted
15,882
–
–
150,000
19,852
–
–
175,000
10,588
–
–
76,260
26,470
–
–
250,000
–
–
266,180
6,882
–
–
3,095,096
Number of
awards
lapsed
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(10,000)
–
(22,500)
(70,000)
(60,000)
Number of
awards
exercised
Number of
awards at
31 December
2010
Market price
at date of
exercise
£
Date from
which released
(135,882)
–
–
–
(169,852)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(226,470)
–
–
–
(66,315)
(55,262)
(1,822,389)
(58,882)
–
–
–
3.416 26-Mar-10
–
07-Apr-11
110,000
02-Apr-12
200,000
07-Apr-13
150,000
3.366 26-Mar-10
–
07-Apr-11
–
140,000
02-Apr-12
–
225,000
–
07-Apr-13
175,000
– 26-Mar-10
90,588
07-Apr-11
–
75,000
02-Apr-12
–
50,000
07-Apr-13
–
76,260
3.381 26-Mar-10
–
07-Apr-11
175,000
02-Apr-12
275,000
250,000
07-Apr-13
843,265 3.371-3.414 12-Jan-09
3.336 05-Oct-09
460,291 3.325-3.660 26-Mar-10
02-Oct-10
07-Apr-11
02-Apr-12
07-Apr-13
– 3.503-3.601
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 1,530,500
– 2,836,000
– 3,035,096
Total
9,302,342
4,092,210
(162,500)
(2,535,052) 10,697,000
Directors’ remuneration report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
45
Directors’ report
The Directors have pleasure in submitting
their Annual Report and financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2010.
capital and changes in the share capital during
the year are disclosed in note 24 to the
consolidated financial statements.
Principal activity and business review
The Company is a holding company for
subsidiaries involved in the business of insurance
in Bermuda, the US, the UK, Guernsey and
Europe. An analysis of the development and
performance of the business and likely future
development can be found within the Chief
Executive’s report on pages 5 to 11. A description
of the major risks can be found in the risk
management section on pages 21 to 25.
In addition, note 3 to the financial statements
provides a detailed discussion on the risks which
are inherent to the Group’s business and how
those risks are managed. Details of the key
financial performance indicators are given
on page 1.
All information described above is incorporated by
reference into this report and is deemed to form
part of this report.
Financial results
The Group achieved a pre-tax profit for the year
of £211.4 million (2009: £320.6 million). Detailed
results for the year are shown in the consolidated
income statement on page 49, and also within
the Group financial performance section on
pages 16 to 17.
Going concern
A review of the financial performance of the
Group is set out on pages 16 to 17. The financial
position of the Group, its cash flows and
borrowing facilities are included therein.
The Group has considerable financial resources
and a well-balanced book of business.
After making enquiries, the Directors have an
expectation that the Company and the Group
have adequate resources to continue in
operational existence for the foreseeable future.
For this reason they continue to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing the accounts.
Dividends
An interim dividend of 5.0p (net) per share
(2009: 4.5p (net)) was paid on 28 September
2010 by Hiscox Ltd in respect of the year ended
31 December 2010. The Directors recommend
the payment of a final dividend of 11.5p (net) per
share (2009: second interim dividend 10.5p
(net)). If approved this will be paid on 21 June
2011 to shareholders on the register at the close
of business on 13 May 2011. The Directors
propose that shareholders may elect to receive
the final dividend in new ordinary shares, a ‘scrip
dividend’, rather than cash. A resolution to
approve the scrip dividend alternative will be put
to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.
It is envisaged that the Company will suspend
indefinitely the Company’s Dividend Access Plan
if the scrip dividend alternative is approved.
Share capital
Details of the structure of the Company’s share
Directors
The names and details of the individuals who
served as Directors of the Company during
the year are set out on pages 32 to 33. Details
of the Chairman’s professional commitments
are included in his biography.
In accordance with the new UK Corporate
Governance Code all Directors will submit
themselves for re-election at the Annual General
Meeting of the Company.
Sir Mervyn Pedelty died in January 2010.
Sir Mervyn had been the Chairman of the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee and
Senior Independent Director of Hiscox Ltd since
redomicile. Andrea Rosen was subsequently
appointed Chairman of the Remuneration
and Nomination Committee and Acting Senior
Independent Director. Dirk Stuurop resigned on
19 August 2010. Richard Gillingwater and Robert
(Bob) McMillan were appointed on 1 December
2010. On 28 February 2011, Richard Gillingwater
was appointed Senior Independent Director.
Political and charitable contributions
The Group made no political contributions
during the year (2009: £nil). Charitable donations
totalled £1,109,000 (2009: £1,171,000) of which
£500,000 (2009: £1,000,000) was donated to
the Hiscox Foundation, a UK registered charity.
The policy of the Hiscox Foundation is to assist
and improve education, the arts and independent
living for disabled and disadvantaged members
of society. Further information concerning the
Group’s charitable activities is contained in the
report on corporate responsibility on page 27.
Major interests in shares
As at 28 February 2011, the Company has been
notified of the following significant holdings of
voting rights in its ordinary shares:
Number of shares
% of total
Invesco Limited
53,447,456 14.04
Massachusetts Financial
Services Company
19,620,700
5.15
Ruane, Cunniff &
Goldfarb Inc.
19,410,231
5.10
A copy of the Company’s Bye-Laws is available
for inspection at the Company’s registered office.
Annual General Meeting
The notice of the Annual General Meeting, to be
held at the Elbow Beach Hotel, 60 South Shore
Road, Paget PG04, Bermuda on 8 June 2011 at
10:00am (2:00pm (BST)), is contained in a separate
circular to shareholders enclosed with this report.
By order of the Board
Charles Dupplin, Secretary
Wessex House, 45 Reid Street,
Hamilton HM12, Bermuda
28 February 2011
46
Directors’ report Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Directors’ interests
Executive Directors
RRS Hiscox
BE Masojada
RS Childs
SJ Bridges
Non Executive Directors
R Gillingwater
D Healy
E R Jansen
Dr J King
R McMillan
Sir Mervyn Pedelty
A Rosen
G Stokholm
DA Stuurop
Directors’
responsibilities
statement
31 December 2010
5p Ordinary Shares
number of shares
beneficial
31 December 2009
5p Ordinary Shares
number of shares
benefi cial
6,637,176
6,600,196
3,504,517
3,229,465
1,991,272
1,906,840
1,149,438
1,009,399
–
–
100,000
55,000
20,698
–
–
–
24,116
–
–
–
–
–
18,000
–
–
50,000
The Board is responsible for ensuring the
maintenance of proper accounting records
which disclose with reasonable accuracy the
financial position of the Company. It is required
to ensure that the financial statements present
a fair view for each financial period.
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
the financial statements, prepared in
accordance with the applicable set
of accounting standards, present fairly,
in all material respects, the assets, liabilities,
financial position and profit or loss of the
Company and the undertakings included
in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
the Directors’ report includes a fair review
of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the Company
and the undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole, together
with a description of the principal risks
and uncertainties that they face.
The Directors responsible for authorising the
responsibility statement on behalf of the Board
are the Chairman, RRS Hiscox and the Group
Finance Director, SJ Bridges. The statements
were approved for issue on 28 February 2011.
Directors’ report/Directors’ responsibilities statement Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
47
Opinion
In our opinion:
the consolidated financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position
of the Company as at 31 December
2010, and of its consolidated financial
performance and its consolidated
cash flows for the year then ended in
accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted
by the EU; and
the part of the Directors’ remuneration
report which we were engaged
to audit has been properly prepared
in accordance with Schedule 8 to the
UK Companies Act 2006 The Large
and Medium-sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports)
Regulations 2008 (SI 2008 No. 410),
as if those requirements were to apply
to the Company.
KPMG
Hamilton, Bermuda
28 February 2011
Independent auditors’
report to the Board
of Directors and
the shareholders
of Hiscox Ltd
We have audited the accompanying
consolidated financial statements of Hiscox
Ltd (‘the Company’) on pages 49 to 99
which comprise the consolidated balance
sheet as at 31 December 2010, and
the consolidated income statement,
consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, consolidated statement of changes
in equity and consolidated cash flow
statement for the year then ended, and
a summary of significant accounting policies
and other explanatory notes.
In addition to our audit of the consolidated
financial statements, the Directors have
engaged us to audit the information in
the Directors’ remuneration report that is
described as having been audited, which
the Directors have decided to prepare
(in addition to that required to be prepared)
as if the Company were required to comply
with the requirements of Schedule 8 to the
UK Companies Act 2006 The Large and
Medium-sized Companies and Groups
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008
(SI 2008 No. 410).
Management’s responsibility for the
consolidated financial statements
Management is responsible for the
preparation and fair presentation of
these consolidated financial statements
in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted by
the EU and for such internal controls
as management determines is necessary
to enable the preparation of consolidated
financial statements that are free from
material misstatement whether due
to fraud or error.
Auditors’ responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these consolidated financial statements
based on our audit and, under the terms
of our engagement letter, to audit the part
of the Directors’ remuneration report that
is described as having been audited.
We conducted our audit in accordance
with International Standards on Auditing.
Those standards require that we comply
with ethical requirements and plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance whether the consolidated
financial statements and the part of the
Directors’ remuneration report to be audited
are free of material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures
to obtain audit evidence about the amounts
and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements and the part of the
Directors’ remuneration report to be audited.
The procedures selected depend on
our judgement, including the assessment
of the risks of material misstatement of the
consolidated financial statements and the
part of the Directors’ remuneration report
to be audited, whether due to fraud or error.
In making those risk assessments, we
consider internal controls relevant to the
entity’s preparation and fair presentation
of the consolidated financial statements
and the part of the Directors’ remuneration
report to be audited in order to design
audit procedures that are appropriate
in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control.
An audit also includes evaluating the
appropriateness of accounting principles
used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall presentation of the
consolidated financial statements and the
part of the Directors’ remuneration report
to be audited.
We believe that the audit evidence we
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate
to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
We review whether the corporate
governance statement reflects the
Company’s compliance with the nine
provisions of the June 2008 Combined
Code specified for our review by those
rules, and we report if it does not.
We are not required by the terms of our
engagement to consider whether the
Board’s statements on internal control
cover all risks and controls, or to form
an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Group’s corporate governance procedures
or its risk and control procedures.
We also read the other information
contained in the Report and Accounts
and consider whether it is consistent
with the audited consolidated financial
statements. We consider the implications
for our report if we become aware of any
apparent misstatements or material
inconsistencies with the consolidated
financial statements. Our responsibilities
do not extend to any other information.
48
Independent auditors’ report to the Board of Directors and the shareholders of Hiscox Ltd Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2010
Income
Gross premiums written
Outward reinsurance premiums
Net premiums written
Gross premiums earned
Premiums ceded to reinsurers
Net premiums earned
Investment result
Other revenues
Revenue
Expenses
Claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts
Operational expenses
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
Total expenses
Results of operating activities
Finance costs
Share of (loss)/profit of associates after tax
Profit before tax
Tax expense
Profit for the year (all attributable to owners of the Company)
Earnings per share on profit attributable to owners of the Company
Basic
Diluted
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2010, after tax
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Currency translation gains/(losses) (net of tax of £nil (2009: £nil))
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
Total comprehensive income recognised for the year
(all attributable to owners of the Company)
The notes on pages 53 to 99 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Note
2010
Total
£000
2009
Total
£000
4 1,432,674 1,435,401
(278,378)
(301,047)
4 1,131,627 1,157,023
1,435,118 1,363,698
(265,596)
(303,960)
4 1,131,158 1,098,102
7
9
100,249
22,079
183,165
19,498
1,253,486 1,300,765
26.2
17
9
12
(570,997)
(269,891)
(206,403)
15,484
(463,218)
(256,634)
(229,566)
(25,554)
(1,031,807)
(974,972)
221,679
(10,090)
(223)
325,793
(5,293)
118
211,366
(32,566)
320,618
(40,121)
178,800
280,497
47.2p
45.4p
75.2p
72.3p
10
16
28
31
31
Note
2010
Total
£000
2009
Total
£000
178,800
280,497
12
11,729
(69,589)
11,729
(69,589)
190,529
210,908
Consolidated income statement/Consolidated statement of comprehensive income Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
49
Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2010
Assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in associates
Deferred tax
Deferred acquisition costs
Financial assets carried at fair value
Reinsurance assets
Loans and receivables including insurance receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Contributed surplus
Currency translation reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity (all attributable to owners of the Company)
Employee retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax
Insurance liabilities
Financial liabilities
Current tax
Trade and other payables
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
29
16
14
15
64,108
19,742
6,886
14,077
142,736
50,413
22,244
7,318
14,077
141,505
17
19 2,459,107 2,413,300
420,126
488,782
259,647
462,765
485,414
336,017
23
20
18, 26
3,990,852 3,817,412
24
24
24
25
25
20,297
15,800
245,005
49,457
935,555
20,158
11,831
303,465
37,728
748,104
1,266,114 1,121,286
30
–
45,421
–
69,673
29
26 2,279,867 2,122,351
138,539
26,080
339,483
20,457
29,995
348,998
27
19
2,724,738 2,696,126
3,990,852 3,817,412
The notes on pages 53 to 99 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
The consolidated Group financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 28 February 2011 and signed on its behalf by:
RRS Hiscox
Chairman
SJ Bridges
Chief Financial Officer
50
Consolidated balance sheet Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Balance at 1 January 2009
Total recognised comprehensive income/(expense)
for the year (all attributable to owners of the Company)
Employee share options:
Equity settled share based payments
Proceeds from shares issued
Deferred tax
Dividends paid to owners of the Company
Balance at 31 December 2009
Total recognised comprehensive income/(expense)
for the year (all attributable to owners of the Company)
Employee share options:
Equity settled share based payments
Proceeds from shares issued
Deferred tax
Dividends paid to owners of the Company
Note
Share
capital
£000
Share
premium
£000
Contributed
surplus
£000
Currency
translation
reserve
£000
Retained
earnings
£000
Total
£000
20,067
9,418
352,078
107,317
462,146
951,026
–
–
91
–
–
–
–
(69,589)
280,497
210,908
–
2,413
–
–
–
–
–
(48,613)
–
–
–
–
5,260
–
201
–
5,260
2,504
201
(48,613)
20,158
11,831
303,465
37,728
748,104 1,121,286
–
–
139
–
–
–
–
11,729
178,800
190,529
–
3,969
–
–
–
–
–
(58,460)
–
–
–
–
9,000
–
(349)
–
9,000
4,108
(349)
(58,460)
24
24
32
24
29
32
Balance at 31 December 2010
20,297
15,800
245,005
49,457
935,555 1,266,114
The notes on pages 53 to 99 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated statement of changes in equity Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
51
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2010
Profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Interest and equity dividend income
Interest expense
Net fair value gains on financial assets
Depreciation and amortisation
Charges in respect of share based payments
Other non-cash movements
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash presented separately
Changes in operational assets and liabilities:
Insurance and reinsurance contracts
Financial assets carried at fair value
Financial liabilities carried at fair value
Other assets and liabilities
Cash flows from operations
Interest received
Equity dividends received
Interest paid
Current tax paid
Net cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from the acquisition of subsidiaries
Cash flows from the sale and purchase of associates
Cash flows from the purchase of property, plant and equipment
Cash flows from the purchase of intangible assets
Net cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary shares
Dividends paid to owners of the Company
Net (repayments)/receipts of borrowings
Net cash flows from financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
211,366
320,618
(61,606)
10,090
(25,672)
7,065
8,047
1,323
(508)
(78,298)
5,293
(87,692)
6,046
5,260
(975)
30,844
14, 15
9, 24
141,646
(2,527)
82
(23,704)
265,602
60,332
1,274
(4,628)
(51,580)
(58,366)
(338,556)
(52,533)
36,560
(211,799)
74,584
3,714
(5,066)
(1,463)
271,000
(140,030)
(3,662)
468
(3,462)
(15,591)
–
–
(8,802)
(2,911)
(22,247)
(11,713)
4,108
(58,460)
(118,539)
2,504
(48,613)
47,721
(172,891)
1,612
75,862
(150,131)
33
16
24
32
259,647
75,862
508
440,622
(150,131)
(30,844)
23
336,017
259,647
The purchase, maturity and disposal of financial assets is part of the Group’s insurance activities and is therefore classified as an operating
cash flow. The purchase, maturity and disposal of derivative contracts is also classified as an operating cash flow.
Included within cash and cash equivalents held by the Group are balances totalling £63,447,000 (2009: £31,607,000) not available
for immediate use by the Group outside of the Lloyd’s syndicate within which they are held.
The notes on pages 53 to 99 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52
Consolidated statement of cash fl ows Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
1 General information
The Hiscox Group, which is headquartered
in Hamilton, Bermuda, comprises Hiscox
Ltd (the parent Company, referred to herein
as the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries
(collectively, the ‘Hiscox Group’ or the
‘Group’). For the period under review the
Group provided insurance and reinsurance
services to its clients worldwide. It has
operations in Bermuda, the UK, Europe,
and the US and employs over 1,100 people.
The Company is registered and domiciled
in Bermuda and on 12 December 2006 its
ordinary shares were listed on the London
Stock Exchange. As such it is required
to prepare its annual audited financial
information in accordance with Section
4.1 of the Disclosure and Transparency
Rules and the Listing Rules, both issued
by the Financial Services Authority (FSA),
in addition to the Bermuda Companies Act
1981. The first two pronouncements issued
by the FSA require the Group to prepare
financial statements which comprise the
consolidated income statement, the
consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, the consolidated balance sheet, the
consolidated statement of changes in equity,
the consolidated cash flow statement and
the related notes 1 to 39 in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.
The consolidated financial statements for
the year ended 31 December 2010 include
all of the Group’s subsidiary companies
and the Group’s interest in associates.
All amounts relate to continuing operations.
The financial statements were approved
for issue by the Board of Directors on
28 February 2011.
2 Significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied
in the preparation of these consolidated
Group financial statements are set
out below. The most critical individual
components of these financial statements
that involve the highest degree of judgement
or significant assumptions and estimations
are identified at note 2.22.
2.1 Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with
IFRS as adopted by the European Union
and in accordance with the provisions
of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981.
Since 2002, the standards adopted by the
International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB) have been referred to as IFRS. The
standards from prior years continue to bear
the title ‘International Accounting Standards’
(IAS). Insofar as a particular standard is not
explicitly referred to, the two terms are used
in these financial statements synonymously.
Compliance with IFRS includes the adoption
of interpretations issued by the International
Financial Reporting Interpretations
Committee (IFRIC).
In March 2004, the IASB issued IFRS 4
Insurance Contracts which specifies the
financial reporting for insurance contracts
by an insurer. The standard is only the first
phase in the IASB’s insurance contract
project and as such is only a stepping
stone to Phase II, introducing limited
improvements to accounting for insurance
contracts. Accordingly, to the extent that
IFRS 4 does not specify the recognition
or measurement of insurance contracts,
transactions reported in these consolidated
financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with another comprehensive
body of accounting principles for insurance
contracts, namely accounting principles
generally accepted in the UK.
In July 2010 the IASB published an exposure
draft for Phase II of the Insurance Contracts
project. The exposure draft was open
for comment until 30 November 2010
and the IASB aim to issue a final standard
by mid 2011.
The exposure draft proposes a number
of significant changes to the measurement
of insurance contracts and as such adoption
of a final standard in a form similar to the
exposure draft will likely have a significant
impact on the results of the Group. As yet,
there is no effective date agreed for a new
standard however transitional provisions
propose that it should be applied
retrospectively with opening differences
accounted for in equity.
The Group is generally supportive of the
proposed measurement principles for
short duration contracts however we have
submitted a comment letter to the IASB
outlining our concerns and issues with some
of the definitions and detail included within
the exposure draft. We continue to monitor
the progress of the project.
In April 2010, the IASB published an
exposure draft containing proposals
on recognition, presentation and disclosure
of defined benefit plans as currently defined
by IAS 19. The exposure draft was open
to comment until September 2010 and
it is expected that a finalised standard will
be issued during the first quarter of 2011.
The exposure draft proposes that the
defined employee benefit cost is recognised
immediately and removes the option of the
corridor method which the Group currently
applies. In addition, the exposure draft
proposes that companies present the
defined employee benefit cost as follows:
service costs within
employment expenses;
net interest income or expense
within finance costs;
remeasurement within other
comprehensive income.
The effective date for the new standard
has not been determined however
retrospective application will be required.
Should IAS 19 be amended to reflect
the proposed changes, the Group will
no longer be permitted to apply the corridor
approach and as such, should the proposals
be included within the new standard,
we expect there to be an impact to the
financial position of the Group.
2.2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented
in Pounds Sterling and are rounded to the
nearest thousand unless otherwise stated.
They are compiled on a going concern basis
and prepared on the historical cost basis
except that pension scheme assets included
in the measurement of the employee
retirement benefit obligation, and certain
financial instruments including derivative
instruments are measured at fair value.
Employee retirement benefit obligations
are determined using actuarial analysis.
The balance sheet of the Group is presented
in order of increasing liquidity.
The accounting policies have been applied
consistently by all Group entities, to all
periods presented, solely for the purpose
of producing the consolidated Group
financial statements.
The Group elected to apply the transitional
arrangements contained in IFRS 4 that
permitted the disclosure of only five years
of data in claims development tables, in the
year ended 31 December 2005 which was
the year of adoption. The number of years
of data presented was increased from nine
in the prior year, to the maximum of ten
in the current financial year.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
53
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
give rise to goodwill nor gain or loss. Adoption
of this standard had no impact on previous
acquisitions or the financial position of
the Group.
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.2 Basis of preparation continued
The Group has financial assets and
cash of over £2.78 billion. The portfolio is
predominantly invested in liquid short-dated
bonds and cash to ensure significant liquidity
to the Group and to reduce risk from the
financial markets. In addition the Group
has significant borrowing facilities in place.
The Group writes a balanced book of
insurance and reinsurance business spread
by product and geography. The Directors
believe that the Group is well placed
to manage its business risk and continue
to trade successfully.
A review of the financial performance
of the Group is set out on pages 16 to 17.
The financial position of the Group, its cash
flows and borrowing facilities are included
therein. In addition, note 3 to the financial
statements provides a detailed discussion
on the risks which are inherent to the Group’s
business and how those risks are managed.
The Directors have an expectation
that the Company and the Group
have adequate resources to continue
in operational existence for the foreseeable
future. Accordingly, they continue
to adopt the going concern basis in
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.
The accounting policies adopted are
consistent with those of the previous
financial year except as follows:
The Group has adopted, for the first time,
the following new and amended Standards
and Interpretations issued by the IASB and
endorsed by the EU as of 1 January 2010.
IFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations
and IAS 27 (Amended) Consolidated and
Separate Financial Statements (endorsed)
The revised standards were issued in
January 2008 and are applicable for
accounting periods commencing on
or after 1 July 2009. IFRS 3 incorporates
a number of changes in accounting for
business combinations which will impact
the amount of goodwill recognised and
the results reported in the period of the
combination and future reporting periods.
IAS 27 requires that a change in the
ownership interest of a subsidiary, provided
that control is maintained, to be accounted
for as an equity transaction. As such,
a transaction of this nature will no longer
In April 2010, the IASB issued its annual
amendments to International Financial
Reporting Standards. Such amendments
remove inconsistencies and clarify wording
and unless otherwise stated are effective
for financial years beginning on or after
1 January 2010. The Group adopted the
revisions where applicable with no impact
to the financial statements.
The following standards and interpretations
have been issued but are not yet effective.
In October 2009 the IASB issued an
Amendment to IAS 32 Financial Instruments
Disclosure and Presentations, Classification
of Rights Issues. The amendment changes
the definition of a financial liability in
order to classify rights issues as equity
instruments in cases where such rights
are given pro rata to all of the existing owners
of the same class of an entity’s non derivative
equity instruments. The amendment
is effective for annual periods beginning
on or after 1 February 2010. Adoption
of this standard will have no impact on
the financial position of the Group.
The amendment to IFRIC 14, The Limit on
a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding
Requirements is effective for annual periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2011.
The amendment provides guidance on
assessing the recoverable amount of a net
pension asset in a defined benefit scheme
and permits an entity to treat the prepayment
of a minimum funding requirement as an
asset. Adoption of this standard will have no
impact on the financial position of the Group.
IAS 24 Related Party Disclosure
(Amendment) is effective for annual periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2011.
The amendment clarifies the definition
of a related party in order to simplify the
identification of such relationships and
to eliminate inconsistencies in application.
Adoption of this standard will have no impact
on the financial position of the Group.
2.3 Basis of consolidation
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled
by the Group. Control exists when the Group
has the power, directly or indirectly, to
govern the financial and operating policies
of an entity so as to obtain benefits from
its activities. Generally this occurs when
the Group obtains a shareholding of more
than half of the voting rights of an entity.
In assessing control, potential voting rights
that are currently exercisable or convertible
are taken into account. Management
also exercise significant judgement about
any actual or perceived control acquired
indirectly, through normal commercial
dealings with entities of a special purpose
nature. The Group does not undertake
any such arrangements with such entities
where control of that entity would be acquired.
The consolidated financial statements
include the assets, liabilities and results
of the Group up to 31 December each year.
The financial statements of subsidiaries
are included in the consolidated financial
statements only from the date that control
commences until the date that control ceases.
Hiscox Dedicated Corporate Member
Limited underwrites as a corporate member
of Lloyd’s on the main Syndicates managed
by Hiscox Syndicates Limited (the ‘main
managed Syndicates’ numbered 33 and,
3624). In view of the several but not joint
liability of underwriting members at Lloyd’s
for the transactions of syndicates in which
they participate, the Group’s attributable
share of the transactions, assets and
liabilities of these Syndicates has been
included in the financial statements.
The Group manages the underwriting
of, but does not participate as a member
of, Syndicate 6104 at Lloyd’s which provides
reinsurance to Syndicate 33 on a normal
commercial basis. Consequently, aside
from the receipt of managing agency fees,
defined profit commissions as appropriate
and interest arising on effective assets
included within the experience account,
the Group has no share in the assets,
liabilities or transactions of Syndicate
6104, nor is it controlled. The position
and performance of that Syndicate is
therefore not included in the Group’s
financial statements.
The Group uses the acquisition method
of accounting to account for the acquisition
of subsidiaries. At the date of acquisition,
the Group recognises the identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed as part
of the overall business combination
transaction at their acquisition date fair
value. Recognition of these items is subject
to the definitions of assets and liabilities
in the Framework for the Preparation and
Presentation of Financial Statements. The
Group may also recognise intangible items
not previously recognised by the acquired
entity such as customer relationships.
(b) Associates
Associates are those entities in which
the Group has significant influence but
not control over the financial and operating
policies. Significant influence is generally
identified with a shareholding of between
20% and 50% of an entity’s voting rights.
The consolidated financial statements
54
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.3 Basis of consolidation continued
(b) Associates continued
include the Group’s share of the total
recognised gains and losses of associates
on an equity accounted basis from the date
that significant influence commences until
the date that significant influence ceases.
The Group’s share of its associates’ post-
acquisition profits or losses after tax is
recognised in the income statement for each
period, and its share of the movement in
the associates’ net assets is reflected in the
investments’ carrying values in the balance
sheet. When the Group’s share of losses
equals or exceeds the carrying amount
of the associate, the carrying amount is
reduced to nil and recognition of further
losses is discontinued except to the extent
that the Group has incurred obligations
in respect of the associate.
(c) Transactions eliminated
on consolidation
Intragroup balances, transactions and
any unrealised gains arising from intragroup
transactions are eliminated in preparing
the consolidated financial statements.
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless
the transaction provides evidence of
an impairment of the asset transferred.
In accordance with IAS 21, foreign currency
gains and losses on intragroup monetary
assets and liabilities may not fully eliminate
on consolidation when the intragroup
monetary item concerned is transacted
between two Group entities that have
different functional currencies. Unrealised
gains arising from transactions with
associates are eliminated to the extent
of the Group’s interest in the entity.
Unrealised gains arising from transactions
with associates are eliminated against the
investment in the associate. Unrealised
losses are eliminated in the same way
as unrealised gains, but only to the extent
that there is no evidence of impairment.
2.4 Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and presentational
currency
Items included in the financial statements
of each of the Group’s entities are measured
using the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the entity operates
(the ‘functional currency’). The functional
currency of all individual entities in the Group
is deemed to be Sterling with the exception
of the entities operating in France, Germany,
the Netherlands and Belgium whose functional
currency is Euros, those subsidiary entities
operating from the US and Bermuda whose
functional currency is US Dollars, Hiscox
Insurance Company (Guernsey) Limited
and Syndicate 3624 whose functional
currency is also US Dollars.
(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated
into the functional currency using the
exchange rates prevailing at the dates
of the transactions. Foreign exchange
gains and losses resulting from the
settlement of such transactions and from
the retranslation at year end exchange
rates of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are
recognised in the income statement,
except when deferred in equity as IAS 39
effective net investment hedges or when
the underlying balance is deemed to form
part of the Group’s net investment in
a subsidiary operation and is unlikely
to be settled in the foreseeable future.
Non-monetary items carried at historical
cost are translated in the balance sheet
at the exchange rate prevailing on the
original transaction date. Non-monetary
items measured at fair value are translated
using the exchange rate ruling when
the fair value was determined.
(c) Group companies
The results and financial position of all
the Group entities that have a functional
currency different from the presentation
currency are translated into the presentation
currency as follows:
assets and liabilities for each balance
sheet presented are translated
at the closing rate at the date
of that balance sheet;
income and expenses for each income
statement are translated at average
exchange rates (unless this average
is not a reasonable approximation
of the cumulative effect of the rates
prevailing on the transaction dates,
in which case income and expenses
are translated at the date of the
transactions); and
all resulting exchange differences are
recognised as a separate component
of equity.
When a foreign operation is sold, such
exchange differences are recognised
in the income statement as part of the
gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments
arising on the acquisition of a foreign
entity are treated as the foreign entity’s
assets and liabilities and are translated
at the closing rate.
as appropriate, only when it is probable that
future economic benefits associated with
the item will flow to the Group and the cost
of the item can be measured reliably. All
other repairs and maintenance items are
charged to the income statement during the
financial period in which they are incurred.
Land and artwork assets are not
depreciated as they are deemed to have
indefinite useful economic lives. The cost
of leasehold improvements is amortised
over the unexpired term of the underlying
lease or the estimated useful life of the asset,
whichever is shorter. Depreciation on other
assets is calculated using the straight-line
method to allocate their cost or revalued
amounts, less their residual values, over
their estimated useful lives. The rates
applied are as follows:
buildings
vehicles
leasehold improvements
including fixtures and
fittings
furniture, fittings
and equipment
50 years
3 years
10–15 years
3–15 years
The assets’ residual values and useful lives
are reviewed at each balance sheet date
and adjusted if appropriate.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down
immediately to its recoverable amount
if the asset’s carrying amount is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are
determined by comparing proceeds
with carrying amount. These are included
in the income statement.
2.6 Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents amounts arising on
acquisition of subsidiaries and associates.
In respect of acquisitions that have occurred
since 1 January 2004, goodwill represents
the excess of the cost of an acquisition over
the fair value of the Group’s share of the net
identifiable assets and contingent liabilities
assured of the acquired subsidiary or
associate at the acquisition date.
In respect of acquisitions prior to this date,
goodwill is included on the basis of its
deemed cost, which represents the amount
recorded under previous generally accepted
accounting principles.
2.5 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated
at historical cost less depreciation and any
impairment loss. Historical cost includes
expenditure that is directly attributable
to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent
costs are included in the asset’s carrying
amount or recognised as a separate asset,
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries
is included in intangible assets. Goodwill
on acquisition of associates is included
in investments in associates. Goodwill
is not amortised but is tested annually
for impairment and carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
55
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.6 Intangible assets continued
(a) Goodwill continued
The impairment review process examines
whether or not the carrying value of the
goodwill attributable to individual cash
generating units exceeds its recoverable
amount. Any excess of goodwill over the
recoverable amount arising from the review
process indicates impairment. Gains and
losses on the disposal of an entity include
the carrying amount of goodwill relating to
the entity sold.
(b) Syndicate capacity
The cost of purchasing the Group’s
participation in the Lloyd’s insurance
syndicates is not amortised but is tested
annually for impairment and is carried at
cost less accumulated impairment losses.
Having considered the future prospects
of the London insurance market, the Board
believes that the Group’s ownership of
syndicate capacity will provide economic
benefits over an indefinite number
of future periods.
(c) State authorisation licences
State authorisation licences acquired in
business combinations are recognised
initially at their fair value. The asset is not
amortised, as the Board considers that
economic benefits will accrue to the Group
over an indefinite number of future periods,
but is tested annually for impairment, and
any accumulated impairment losses
recognised are deducted from the historical
cost amount to produce the net balance
sheet carrying amount.
(d) Rights to customer contractual
relationships
Costs directly attributable to securing
the intangible rights to customer contractual
relationships are recognised as an
intangible asset where they can be identified
separately and measured reliably and it
is probable that they will be recovered by
directly related future profits. These costs
are amortised on a straight-line basis over
the useful economic life which is deemed
to be 20 years and are carried at cost
less accumulated amortisation and
impairment losses.
(e) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are
capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred
to acquire and bring into use the specific
software. These costs are amortised over
the expected useful life of the software of
between three and five years on a straight-
line basis.
Internally developed computer software is
only capitalised when it is probable that the
expected future economic benefits that
are attributable to the asset will flow to the
Group and the cost of the asset can be
measured reliably. Amortisation of internally
developed computer software begins when
the software is available for use and is
allocated on a straight-line basis over the
expected useful life of the asset. The useful
life of the asset is reviewed annually and if
different from previous estimates is changed
accordingly with the change being
accounted for as a change in accounting
estimates in accordance with IAS 8.
2.7 Financial assets including loans
and receivables
The Group has classified financial assets
as a) financial assets designated at fair value
through profit or loss, and b) loans and
receivables. Management determines the
classification of its financial investments at
initial recognition. The decision by the Group
to designate all financial investments,
comprising debt and fixed income securities,
equities and shares in unit trusts and deposits
with credit institutions, at fair value through
profit or loss reflects the fact that the
investment portfolios are managed, and
their performance evaluated, on a fair value
basis. Regular way purchases and sales of
investments are accounted for at the date
of trade.
Financial assets are initially recognised
at fair value. Subsequent to initial
recognition financial assets are measured
as described below.
Financial assets are de-recognised when the
right to receive cash flows from them expires
or where they have been transferred and the
Group has also transferred substantially all
risks and rewards of ownership.
Fair value for securities quoted in active
markets is the bid price exclusive of
transaction costs. For instruments where no
active market exists, fair value is determined
by referring to recent transactions and other
valuation factors including the discounted
value of expected future cash flows. Fair
value changes are recognised immediately
within the investment result line in the
income statement. An analysis of fair values
of financial instruments and further details
as to how they are measured are provided
in note 22.
(a) Financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
A financial asset is classified into this
category at inception if it is managed and
evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance
with documented strategy, if acquired
principally for the purpose of selling in the
short-term, or if it forms part of a portfolio
of financial assets in which there is evidence
of short-term profit taking.
(b) Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative
financial assets with fixed or determinable
payments that are not quoted on an active
market. Receivables arising from insurance
contracts are included in this category and
are reviewed for impairment as part of the
impairment review of loans and receivables.
Loans and receivables are carried at
amortised cost less any provision for
impairment in value.
2.8 Cash and cash equivalents
The Group has classified cash deposits
and short-term highly liquid investments
as cash and cash equivalents. These assets
are readily convertible into known amounts
of cash and are subject to inconsequential
changes in value. Cash equivalents
are financial investments with less than
three months to maturity at the date
of acquisition.
2.9 Impairment of assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life
are not subject to amortisation and are
tested annually or whenever there is an
indication of impairment. Assets that are
subject to amortisation are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable.
(a) Non-financial assets
Objective factors that are considered when
determining whether a non-financial asset
(such as goodwill, an intangible asset or item
of property, plant and equipment) or group
of non-financial assets may be impaired
include, but are not limited to, the following:
adverse economic, regulatory or
environmental conditions that may
restrict future cash flows and asset
usage and/or recoverability;
the likelihood of accelerated
obsolescence arising from the
development of new technologies
and products; and
the disintegration of the active market(s)
to which the asset is related.
(b) Financial assets
Objective factors that are considered when
determining whether a financial asset or
group of financial assets may be impaired
include, but are not limited to, the following:
negative rating agency announcements
in respect of investment issuers,
reinsurers and debtors;
56
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.9 Impairment of assets continued
(b) Financial assets continued
significant reported financial difficulties
of investment issuers, reinsurers
and debtors;
actual breaches of credit terms
such as persistent late payments
or actual default;
the disintegration of the active market(s)
in which a particular asset is traded
or deployed;
adverse economic or regulatory
conditions that may restrict future cash
flows and asset recoverability; and
the withdrawal of any guarantee from
statutory funds or sovereign agencies
implicitly supporting the asset.
(c) Impairment loss
An impairment loss is recognised for the
amount by which the asset’s carrying
amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher
of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell
and value in use. For the purpose
of assessing impairment, assets are
grouped at the lowest levels for which
there are separately identifiable cash
flows (cash generating units).
Where an impairment loss subsequently
reverses, the carrying amount of the asset
is increased to the revised estimate of
its recoverable amount, but so that the
increased carrying amount does not exceed
the carrying amount that would have been
determined had no impairment loss been
recognised for the asset in prior periods.
A reversal of an impairment loss is
recognised as income immediately.
Impairment losses recognised in respect
of goodwill are not subsequently reversed.
2.10 Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair
value on the date on which a derivative
contract is entered into and are subsequently
valued at their fair value at each balance
sheet date. Fair values are obtained from
quoted market values and, if these are not
available, valuation techniques including
option pricing models as appropriate.
The method of recognising the resulting
gain or loss depends on whether the
derivative is designated as a hedging
instrument and, if so, the nature of the item
being hedged. For derivatives not formally
designated as a hedging instrument, fair
value changes are recognised immediately
in the income statement. Changes in the
value of derivatives and other financial
instruments formally designated as hedges
of net investments in foreign operations are
recognised in the currency translation
reserve to the extent they are effective;
gains or losses relating to the ineffective
portion of the hedging instruments are
recognised immediately in the consolidated
income statement.
of premium received on in-force contracts
that relates to unexpired risks at the balance
sheet date is reported as the unearned
premium liability.
The Group had no derivative instruments
designated for hedge accounting during the
current and prior financial year (see note 2.17).
2.11 Own shares
Where any Group company purchases
the parent Company’s equity share capital
(own shares), the consideration paid,
including any directly attributable
incremental costs (net of income taxes),
is deducted from equity attributable to
the Company’s owners on consolidation.
Where such shares are subsequently sold,
reissued or otherwise disposed of, any
consideration received is included in equity
attributable to the Company’s owners,
net of any directly attributable incremental
transaction costs and the related tax effects.
2.12 Revenue
Revenue comprises insurance and
reinsurance premiums earned on the
rendering of insurance protection, net of
reinsurance, together with profit commission,
investment returns, agency fees and other
income inclusive of fair value movements
on derivative instruments not formally
designated for hedge accounting treatment.
The Group’s share of the results of
associates is reported separately.
The accounting policies for insurance
premiums are outlined below. Profit
commission, investment income and
other sources of income are recognised
on an accruals basis net of any discounts
and amounts such as sales-based taxes
collected on behalf of third-parties.
Profit commission is calculated
and accrued based on the results
of the managed syndicate.
2.13 Insurance contracts
(a) Classification
The Group issues short-term casualty
and property insurance contracts that
transfer significant insurance risk. Such
contracts may also transfer a limited level
of financial risk.
Claims and associated expenses are
charged to profit or loss as incurred based
on the estimated liability for compensation
owed to contract holders or third-parties
damaged by the contract holders.
They include direct and indirect claims
settlement costs and arise from events that
have occurred up to the balance sheet date
even if they have not yet been reported
to the Group. The Group does not discount
its liabilities for unpaid claims. Liabilities for
unpaid claims are estimated using the input
of assessments for individual cases reported
to the Group and statistical analysis for the
claims incurred but not reported, and
an estimate of the expected ultimate cost
of more complex claims that may be affected
by external factors e.g. court decisions.
(c) Deferred acquisition costs (DAC)
Commissions and other direct and indirect
costs that vary with and are related
to securing new contracts and renewing
existing contracts are capitalised as deferred
acquisition costs. All other costs are
recognised as expenses when incurred.
DAC are amortised over the terms of the
insurance contracts as the related premium
is earned.
(d) Liability adequacy tests
At each balance sheet date, liability
adequacy tests are performed by each
segment of the Group to ensure the
adequacy of the contract liabilities net
of related DAC. In performing these tests,
current best estimates of future contractual
cash flows and claims handling and
administration expenses, as well
as investment income from assets backing
such liabilities, are used. Any deficiency
is immediately charged to profit or loss
initially by writing-off DAC and by
subsequently establishing a provision
for losses arising from liability adequacy
tests (‘the unexpired risk provision’).
Any DAC written-off as a result of this
test cannot subsequently be reinstated.
(b) Recognition and measurement
Gross premiums written comprise premiums
on business incepting in the financial year
together with adjustments to estimates
of premiums written in prior accounting
periods. Estimates are included for pipeline
premiums and an allowance is also made
for cancellations. Premiums are stated
before the deduction of brokerage and
commission but net of taxes and duties
levied. Premiums are recognised as revenue
(premiums earned) proportionally over
the period of coverage. The portion
(e) Outwards reinsurance contracts held
Contracts entered into by the Group, with
reinsurers, under which the Group is
compensated for losses on one or more
insurance or reinsurance contracts and
that meet the classification requirements
for insurance contracts, are classified
as insurance contracts held. Contracts that
do not meet these classification requirements
are classified as financial assets.
The benefits to which the Group is entitled
under outwards reinsurance contracts are
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
57
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
when the liability is settled. The allowance
is the assessment of the amount that can
be recovered from the action against the
liable third-party.
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.13 Insurance contracts continued
(e) Outwards reinsurance contracts held
continued
recognised as reinsurance assets. These
assets consist of short-term balances
due from reinsurers (classified within loans
and receivables) as well as longer-term
receivables (classified as reinsurance
assets) that are dependent on the expected
claims and benefits arising under the related
reinsured insurance contracts.
Reinsurance liabilities primarily comprise
premiums payable for ‘outwards’ reinsurance
contracts. These amounts are recognised
in profit or loss proportionally over the period
of the contract. Receivables and payables
are recognised when due.
The Group assesses its reinsurance assets
on a regular basis and, if there is objective
evidence, after initial recognition, of an
impairment in value, the Group reduces
the carrying amount of the reinsurance asset
to its recoverable amount and recognises
the impairment loss in the income statement.
(f) Receivables and payables related
to insurance contracts
Receivables and payables are recognised
when due. These include amounts due
to and from agents, brokers and insurance
contract holders.
If there is objective evidence that the
insurance receivable is impaired, the Group
reduces the carrying amount of the insurance
receivable accordingly and recognises
the impairment loss in profit or loss.
(g) Salvage and subrogation
reimbursements
Some insurance contracts permit the Group
to sell property acquired in settling a claim
(i.e. salvage). The Group may also have the
right to pursue third-parties for payment
of some or all costs (i.e. subrogation).
Estimates of salvage recoveries are included
as an allowance in the measurement of
the insurance liability for claims and salvage
property is recognised in other assets when
the liability is settled. The allowance is the
amount that can reasonably be recovered
from the disposal of the property.
Subrogation reimbursements are also
considered as an allowance in the
measurement of the insurance liability for
claims and are recognised in other assets
2.14 Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided in full, using the
liability method, on temporary differences
arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts
in the financial statements. However,
if the deferred income tax arises from initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a
transaction other than a business combination
that at the time of the transaction affects
neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss,
it is not recognised. Deferred tax is determined
using tax rates and laws that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the
balance sheet date and are expected
to apply when the related deferred tax asset
is realised or the deferred tax liability is
settled. Deferred tax assets are recognised
to the extent that it is probable that the future
taxable profit will be available against which
the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary
differences arising on investments in
subsidiaries and associates, except
where the Group controls the timing of the
reversal of the temporary difference and it is
probable that the temporary difference will
not reverse in the foreseeable future.
2.15 Employee benefits
(a) Pension obligations
The Group operated both defined
contribution and defined benefit pension
schemes during the year under review.
The defined benefit scheme closed to
future accrual with effect from 31 December
2006 and active members were offered
membership of the defined contribution
scheme from 1 January 2007.
A defined contribution plan is a pension
plan under which the Group pays fixed
contributions into a separate entity
and has no further obligation beyond
the agreed contribution rate. A defined
benefit plan is a pension plan that defines
an amount of pension benefit that an
employee will receive on retirement, usually
dependent on one or more factors such
as age, years of service and compensation.
For defined contribution plans, the Group
pays contributions to publicly or privately
administered pension insurance plans
on a contractual basis. The contributions
are recognised as an employee benefit
expense when they are due. Prepaid
contributions are recognised as an asset
to the extent that a cash refund or a
reduction in future payments is available.
The amount recognised in the balance sheet
in respect of defined benefit pension plans
is the present value of the defined benefit
obligation at the balance sheet date less
the fair value of plan assets, together with
adjustments for unrecognised actuarial
gains or losses and past service costs.
Plan assets exclude any insurance contracts
issued by the Group. To the extent that
a surplus emerges on the defined benefit
obligation, it is only recognisable on the asset
side of the balance sheet when it is probable
that future economic benefits will be recovered
by the scheme sponsor in the form of refunds
or reduced future contributions.
Actuarial gains and losses are only
recognised when the net cumulative
unrecognised actuarial gains and losses
for each individual plan at the end of the
previous accounting period exceeds 10%
of the higher of the defined benefit obligation
and the fair value of the plan assets at that
date. Such actuarial gains or losses falling
outside of this 10% corridor are charged
or credited to income over the employees’
expected average remaining working
lives. Past service costs are recognised
immediately in income, unless the changes
to the pension plan are conditional
on the employees remaining in service
for a specified period of time (the vesting
period). In this case, the past service costs
are amortised on a straight-line basis over
the vesting period.
(b) Other long-term employee benefits
The Group provides sabbatical leave to
employees on completion of a minimum
service period of ten years. The present
value of the expected costs of these benefits
is accrued over the period of employment.
In determining this liability, consideration
is given to future increases in salary levels,
experience with employee departures
and periods of service.
(c) Share based compensation
The Group operates a number of equity
settled share based employee compensation
plans. These include both the approved and
unapproved share option schemes, and the
Group’s performance share plans, outlined
in the Directors’ remuneration report
together with the Group’s Save as You Earn
(SAYE) schemes.
The fair value of the employee services
received, measured at grant date,
in exchange for the grant of the awards
is recognised as an expense with the
corresponding credit being recorded
in retained earnings within equity. The total
amount to be expensed over the vesting
period is determined by reference to the fair
value of the awards granted, excluding the
impact of any non-market vesting conditions
58
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.15 Employee benefits continued
(c) Share based compensation continued
(e.g. profitability or net asset growth
targets). Non-market vesting conditions
are included in assumptions about the
number of awards that are expected to
become exercisable. At each balance sheet
date, the Group revises its estimates of the
number of awards that are expected to vest.
It recognises the impact of the revision
of original estimates, if any, in the income
statement, and a corresponding adjustment
to equity, over the remaining vesting period.
When the terms and conditions of an equity
settled share based employee compensation
plan are modified, and the expense
to be recognised increases as a result
of the modification, then the increase
is recognised evenly over the remaining
vesting period. When a modification reduces
the expense to be recognised, there
is no adjustment recognised and the pre-
modification expense continues to be
applied. The proceeds received net of any
directly attributable transaction costs are
credited to share capital and share premium
when the options are exercised.
In accordance with the transitional
arrangements of IFRS 2 only share
based awards granted or modified after
7 November 2002, but not yet vested at
the date of adoption of IFRS, are included
in the calculations.
(d) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when
employment is terminated before the normal
retirement date, or whenever an employee
accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange
for these benefits. The Group recognises
termination benefits when it is demonstrably
committed to either: terminating the
employment of current employees
according to a detailed formal plan without
possibility of withdrawal; or providing
termination benefits as a result of an offer
made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
(e) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and
an expense for bonuses and profit sharing,
based on a formula that takes into
consideration the profit attributable to
the Company’s shareholders after certain
adjustments. The Group recognises
a provision where a contractual obligation
to employees exists or where there
is a past practice that has created
a constructive obligation.
(f) Accumulating compensation benefits
The Group recognises a liability and an
expense for accumulating compensation
benefits (e.g. holiday entitlement), based
on the additional amount that the Group
expects to pay as a result of the unused
entitlement accumulated at the balance
sheet date.
2.16 Financial liabilities
All borrowings drawn after 6 May 2008
are now measured at amortised cost
at each balance sheet date thereafter using
the effective interest method. Any difference
between the remeasured amortised
cost carrying amount and the ultimate
redemption amount is recognised
in the income statement over the period
of the borrowings.
Up to 6 May 2008 (when all existing
borrowings were repaid in full), borrowings
were measured at fair value at each balance
sheet date using observable market interest
rate data for similar instruments, with all
changes in value from one accounting period
to the next reflected in the income statement
unless they formed part of a designated
hedge accounting relationship in which case
certain changes in value were recognised
directly in equity, (see notes 2.17 and 19).
2.17 Net investment hedge accounting
In order to qualify for hedge accounting,
the Group is required to document in
advance the relationship between the item
being hedged and the hedging instrument.
The Group is also required to document
and demonstrate an assessment of the
relationship between the hedged item
and the hedging instrument, which shows
that the hedge will be highly effective on
an on-going basis. This effectiveness testing
is re-performed at each period end to ensure
that the hedge remains highly effective.
The Group hedged elements of its net
investment in certain foreign entities through
foreign currency borrowings that qualified
for hedge accounting from 3 January
2007 until their replacement on 6 May 2008;
accordingly gains or losses on retranslation
are recognised in equity to the extent
that the hedge relationship was effective
during this period. Accumulated gains
or losses will be recycled to the income
statement only when the foreign operation
is disposed of. The ineffective portion
of any hedge is recognised immediately
in the income statement.
2.18 Finance costs
Finance costs consist of interest charges
accruing on the Group’s borrowings and
bank overdrafts together with commission
fees charged in respect of Letters of Credit.
Arrangement fees in respect of financing
arrangements are charged over the life
of the related facilities.
2.19 Provisions
The Group is subject to various insurance-
related assessments and guarantee fund
levies. Provisions are recognised where
there is a present obligation (legal or
constructive) as a result of a past event that
can be measured reliably and it is probable
that an outflow of economic benefits will
be required to settle that obligation.
2.20 Leases
(a) Hiscox as lessee
Leases in which significantly all of the risks
and rewards of ownership are transferred
to the Group are classified as finance leases.
At the commencement of the lease term,
finance leases are recognised as assets
and liabilities at the lower of the fair value
of the asset and the present value of the
minimum lease payments. The minimum
lease payments are apportioned between
finance charges and repayments of the
outstanding liability, finance charges being
charged to each period of the lease term
so as to produce a constant rate of interest
on the outstanding balance of the liability.
All other leases are classified as operating
leases. Payments made under operating
leases (net of any incentives received from
the lessor) are charged to the income
statement on a straight-line basis over
the period of the lease.
(b) Hiscox as lessor
Rental income from operating leases is
recognised on a straight-line basis over the
term of the relevant contractual agreement.
2.21 Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s
shareholders is recognised as a liability
in the Group’s financial statements in the
period in which the dividends are approved.
2.22 Use of critical estimates,
judgements and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of significant estimates,
judgements and assumptions. The
Directors consider the accounting policies
for determining insurance liabilities, the
valuation of investments, the valuation
of retirement benefit scheme obligations
and the determination of deferred tax assets
and liabilities as being most critical to
an understanding of the Group’s result
and position.
The most critical estimate included within
the Group’s balance sheet is the estimate
for losses incurred but not reported. The
total estimate as at 31 December 2010 is
£904 million (2009: £749 million) and is
included within total insurance liabilities
on the balance sheet.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
59
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
2 Significant accounting policies continued
2.22 Use of critical estimates,
judgements and assumptions continued
Estimates of losses incurred but not
reported are continually evaluated based
on entity specific historical experience and
contemporaneous developments observed
in the wider industry when relevant, and are
also updated for expectations of prospective
future developments. Although the possibility
exists for material changes in estimates
to have a critical impact on the Group’s
reported performance and financial position,
it is anticipated that the scale and diversity
of the Group’s portfolio of insurance
business considerably lessens the likelihood
of this occurring. The overall reserving risk
is discussed in more detail in note 3.1 and
the procedures used in estimating the cost
of settling insured losses at the balance
sheet date including losses incurred but
not reported are detailed in note 26.
The Group carries its financial investments
at fair value through profit or loss with fair
value determined using published price
quotations in the most active financial
markets in which the assets trade. During
periods of economic distress and
diminished liquidity, the ability to obtain
quoted bid prices may be reduced and
as such a greater degree of judgement
is required in obtaining the most reliable
source of valuation. Note 3.2 to the financial
statements discusses the reliability of the
Group’s fair values.
With regard to employee retirement benefit
scheme obligations, the amounts disclosed
in these consolidated financial statements
are sensitive to judgemental assumptions
regarding mortality, inflation, investment
returns and interest rates on corporate
bonds, many of which have been subject
to specific recent volatility. This complex
set of economic variables may be expected
to influence the liability obligation element
of the reported net balance amount to
a greater extent than the reported value
of the scheme assets element. For example,
if the recent cuts in official UK interest rates
are replicated with lower yields emerging in
UK corporate bond indices, a significant uplift
may occur in the reported net scheme deficit
through the reduced effect of discounting
outweighing any expected appreciation in
asset values. A sensitivity analysis is given
at note 30.
Legislation concerning the determination
of taxation assets and liabilities is complex
and continually evolving. In preparing the
Group’s financial statements, the Directors
estimate taxation assets and liabilities after
taking appropriate professional advice.
The determination and finalisation
of agreed taxation assets and liabilities
may not occur until several years after
the balance sheet date and consequently
the final amounts payable or receivable
may differ from those presently recorded
in these financial statements.
2.23 Reporting of additional
performance measures
The Directors consider that the claims ratio,
expense ratio and combined ratio measures
reported in respect of operating segments
and the Group overall at note 4 provide
useful information regarding the underlying
performance of the Group’s businesses.
These measures are widely recognised by
the insurance industry and are consistent
with internal performance measures
reviewed by senior management including
the chief operating decision maker.
However, these three measures are not
defined within the IFRS framework and
body of standards and interpretations and
therefore may not be directly comparable
with similarly titled additional performance
measures reported by other companies.
Net asset value per share and return on
equity measures, disclosed at notes 5 and
6, are likewise considered to be additional
performance measures.
3 Management of risk
The Group’s overall appetite for accepting
and managing varying classes of risk
is defined by the Group’s Board. The Board
has developed a governance framework
and has set Group wide risk management
policies and procedures which include
risk identification, risk management and
mitigation and risk reporting. The objective
of these policies and procedures is to protect
the Group’s shareholders, policyholders
and other stakeholders from negative
events that could hinder the Group’s
delivery of its contractual obligations and
its achievement of sustainable profitable
economic and social performance.
The Board exercises oversight of
the development and operational
implementation of its risk management
policies and procedures, and ongoing
compliance therewith, partially through
its own enquiries but primarily through
a dedicated internal audit function, which
has operational independence, clear terms
of reference influenced by the Board’s
Non Executive Directors and a clear
upwards reporting structure back into
the Board. The Group, in common with
the non-life insurance industry generally,
is fundamentally driven by a desire to
originate, retain and service insurance
contracts to maturity. The Group’s cash
flows are funded mainly through advance
premium collections and the timing of such
premium inflows is reasonably predictable.
In addition, the majority of material cash
outflows are typically triggered by the
occurrence of insured events non-correlated
to financial markets, and not by the
inclination or will of policyholders.
The principal sources of risk relevant to
the Group’s operations and its financial
statements fall into two broad categories:
insurance risk and financial risk both of
which are described in notes 3.1 and 3.2
below. The Group also actively manages
its capital risks as detailed in note 3.3.
Additional unaudited information is also
provided in the corporate governance
and risk management sections of this
Report and Accounts.
3.1 Insurance risk
The predominant risk to which the Group
is exposed is insurance risk which is
assumed through the underwriting process.
Insurance risk can be sub-categorised
into i) underwriting risk including the risk
of catastrophe and systemic insurance
losses and the insurance competition
and cycle, and ii) reserving risk.
i) Underwriting risk
The Board sets the Group’s underwriting
strategy for accepting and managing
underwriting risk, seeking to exploit
identified opportunities in the light of other
relevant anticipated market conditions.
Specific underwriting objectives such as
aggregation limits, reinsurance protection
thresholds, geographical disaster event
risk exposures and line of business
diversification parameters are prepared
and reviewed by the Chief Underwriting
Officer in order to translate the Board’s
summarised underwriting strategy into
specific measurable actions and targets.
These actions and targets are reviewed
and approved by the Board in advance
of each underwriting year. The Board
continually reviews its underwriting strategy
throughout each underwriting year in light
of the evolving market pricing and loss
conditions and as opportunities present
themselves. The Group’s underwriters
and management consider underwriting
risk at an individual contract level, and also
from a portfolio perspective where the risks
assumed in similar classes of policies
are aggregated and the exposure evaluated
in light of historical portfolio experience and
prospective factors. To assist with the process
of pricing and managing underwriting risk
60
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
3 Management of risk continued
3.1 Insurance risk continued
i) Underwriting risk continued
the Group routinely performs a wide range
of activities including the following:
regularly updating the Group’s
risk models;
documenting, monitoring and reporting
on the Group’s strategy to manage risk;
developing systems that facilitate
the identification of emerging
issues promptly;
utilising sophisticated computer
modelling tools to simulate
catastrophes and measure
the resultant potential losses
before and after reinsurance;
monitoring legal developments
and amending the wording of policies
when necessary;
regularly aggregating risk exposures
across individual underwriting
portfolios and known accumulations
of risk;
examining the aggregated exposures
in advance of underwriting further large
risks; and
developing processes that continually
factor market intelligence into the
pricing process.
The delegation of underwriting authority
to specific individuals, both internally
and externally, is subject to regular review.
All underwriting staff and binding agencies
are set strict parameters in relation to
the levels and types of business they can
underwrite, based on individual levels
of experience and competence. These
parameters cover areas such as the
maximum sums insured per insurance
contract, maximum gross written premiums
and maximum aggregated exposures per
geographical zone and risk class. Monthly
meetings are held between the Chief
Underwriting Officer and a specialist central
analysis and review team in order to monitor
claim development patterns and discuss
individual underwriting issues as they arise.
The Chief Underwriting Officer also holds
weekly video conference meetings with this
team to discuss interim underwriting matters.
The Group’s insurance contracts include
provisions to contain losses such as the
ability to impose deductibles and demand
reinstatement premiums in certain
cases. In addition, in order to manage
the Group’s exposure to repeated
catastrophic events, relevant policies
frequently contain payment limits to cap
the maximum amount payable from these
insured events over the contract period.
The Group also manages underwriting risk
by purchasing reinsurance. Reinsurance
protection such as excess of loss cover
is purchased at an entity level and is
also considered at an overall Group level
to mitigate the effect of catastrophes
and unexpected concentrations of risk.
However, the scope and type of
reinsurance protection purchased may
change depending on the extent and
competitiveness of cover available
in the market.
The Board requires all underwriters to
operate within an overall Group appetite
for individual events. This defines the
maximum exposure that the Group is
prepared to retain on its own account
for any one potential catastrophe event
or disaster. The Group’s underwriting risk
appetite seeks to ensure that it should not
lose more than one year’s profit plus 15%
of core capital as a result of a 1 in 250 bad
underwriting year.
The Group compiles estimates of losses
arising from realistic disaster events using
statistical models alongside input from
its underwriters. These require significant
management judgement. Realistic disaster
scenarios are extreme hypothetical events
selected to represent major events occurring
in areas with large insured values. They also
reflect the areas that represent significant
exposures for Hiscox. The selection
of realistic disaster scenario events
is adjusted each year and they are not
therefore necessarily directly comparable
from one year to the next. The events are
extreme and as yet untested, and as such
these estimates may prove inadequate
as a result of incorrect assumptions, model
deficiencies, or losses from unmodelled
risks. This means that should a realistic
disaster actually eventuate, the Group’s final
ultimate losses could materially differ from
those estimates modelled by management.
The Group’s estimated exposure to certain
industry events is summarised below.
These estimates have been made using
modelled assumptions and management
judgement and given the nature of risks
underwritten may be materially different
from actual losses suffered depending
on the size and nature of the event.
Japan earthquake
Gulf of Mexico windstorm
Florida windstorm
European windstorm
San Francisco earthquake
Gross loss
US$m
Net loss
US$m
Gross loss
as a % of
total equity
Net loss
as a % of
total equity
Net loss as %
of insurance
industry loss
Industry
loss size
US$bn
Return period
years
331
790
645
507
638
202
212
173
225
197
16.7
39.7
32.4
25.5
32.1
10.2
10.7
8.7
11.3
9.9
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.8
0.4
50
107
125
30
50
240
80
100
200
110
Overleaf is a summary of the gross and net insurance liabilities for each category split by country of risk.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
61
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
3 Management of risk continued
3.1 Insurance risk continued
Estimated concentration of gross and net
insurance liabilities on balance sheet by territory
coverage of premium written 31 December 2010
UK and Ireland
Europe
United States
Other territories
Multiple territory coverage
Total
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Estimated concentration of gross and net
insurance liabilities on balance sheet by territory
coverage of premium written 31 December 2009
UK and Ireland
Europe
United States
Other territories
Multiple territory coverage
Total
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Types of insurance risk in the Group
Reinsurance
inwards
£000
31,637
24,427
31,983
22,081
181,963
116,634
28,524
23,503
268,350
197,678
Property –
Marine and
major assets
£000
19,881
5,330
2,577
2,044
18,706
16,339
27,577
21,756
177,678
135,679
Property –
Other
assets
£000
Casualty –
Professional
indemnity
£000
136,202
132,554
71,130
67,239
104,422
58,361
34,303
23,207
68,834
50,207
295,631
257,998
63,295
59,135
267,698
248,849
36,326
33,643
44,785
41,549
Casualty –
Other risks
£000
7,513
2,258
11,779
3,827
39,355
22,837
3,424
2,905
114,857
91,218
*
Other
£000
Total
£000
17,326
10,528
24,360
19,717
20,776
16,720
65,570
52,574
63,405
56,305
508,190
433,095
205,124
174,043
632,920
479,740
195,724
157,588
737,909
572,636
542,457
246,419
414,891
707,735
176,928
191,437 2,279,867
384,323
181,148
331,568
641,174
123,045
155,844 1,817,102
Reinsurance
inwards
£000
29,001
26,579
23,650
21,531
188,593
139,688
35,915
34,407
139,843
80,558
Property –
Marine and
major assets
£000
16,993
8,425
5,367
3,659
26,143
22,506
23,506
16,910
162,116
124,264
Types of insurance risk in the Group
Property –
Other
assets
£000
Casualty –
Professional
indemnity
£000
133,166
129,114
74,121
69,606
146,842
82,919
43,488
32,924
48,190
37,713
247,222
213,181
53,557
49,691
249,942
233,294
49,656
49,254
12,689
11,289
Casualty –
Other risks
£000
15,345
10,767
10,549
8,886
20,828
13,689
17,317
6,453
127,781
87,186
*
Other
£000
Total
£000
14,716
9,639
22,992
20,625
15,819
11,294
68,013
57,932
98,991
88,242
456,443
397,705
190,236
173,998
648,167
503,390
237,895
197,880
589,610
429,252
417,002
234,125
445,807
613,066
191,820
220,531 2,122,351
302,763
175,764
352,276
556,709
126,981
187,732 1,702,225
*Includes a diverse mix of certain specialty lines such as kidnap and ransom, terrorism, bloodstock and other risks which contain a mix of property and casualty exposures.
The estimated liquidity profile to settle these net claims liabilities is given in note 3.2 (e).
The specific insurance risks accepted by the Group fall broadly into the following main categories: reinsurance inwards, marine and major
asset property, other property risks, professional indemnity casualty and casualty other insurance risks. These specific categories
are defined for risk review purposes only as each contain risks specific to the nature of the cover provided. They are not exclusively aligned
to any specific reportable segment in the Group’s operational structure or the primary internal reports reviewed by the chief operating
decision maker. The following describes the policies and procedures used to identify and measure the risks associated with each individual
category of business.
Reinsurance inwards
The Group’s reinsurance inwards acceptances are primarily focused on large commercial property, homeowner and marine and crop
exposures held by other insurance companies predominantly in North America and other developed economies. This business is characterised
more by large claims arising from individual events or catastrophes than the high-frequency, low-severity attritional losses associated with
certain other business written by the Group. Multiple insured losses can periodically arise out of a single natural or man-made occurrence.
The main circumstances that result in claims against the reinsurance inwards book are conventional catastrophes, such as earthquakes
or storms, and other events including fires and explosions. The occurrence and impact of these events are very difficult to model over
the short-term which complicates attempts to anticipate loss frequencies on an annual basis. In those years where there is a low incidence
of severe catastrophes, loss frequencies on the reinsurance inwards book can be relatively low.
62
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
3 Management of risk continued
3.1 Insurance risk continued
A significant proportion of the reinsurance
inwards business provides cover on an
excess of loss basis for individual events.
The Group agrees to reimburse the cedant
once their losses exceed a minimum level.
Consequently the frequency and severity
of reinsurance inwards claims is related
not only to the number of significant insured
events that occur but also to their individual
magnitude. If numerous catastrophes
occurred in any one year, but the cedant’s
individual loss on each was below the
minimum stated, then the Group would have
no liability under such contracts. Maximum
gross line sizes and aggregate exposures
are set for each type of programme.
The Group writes reinsurance risks
for periods of mainly one year so that
contracts can be assessed for pricing
and terms and adjusted to reflect
any changes in market conditions.
Property risks – marine and major assets
The Group directly underwrites a diverse
range of property risks. The risk profile
of the property covered under marine
and major asset policies is different
to that typically contained in the other
classes of property (such as private
households and contents insurance)
covered by the Group.
Typical property covered by marine
and other major property contracts include
fixed and moveable assets such as ships
and other vessels, cargo in transit, energy
platforms and installations, pipelines,
other subsea assets, satellites, commercial
buildings and industrial plants and
machinery. These assets are typically
exposed to a blend of catastrophic and
other large loss events and attritional claims
arising from conventional hazards such
as collision, flooding, fire and theft. Climatic
changes may give rise to more frequent and
severe extreme weather events (for example
earthquakes, windstorms and river flooding
etc.) and it may be expected that their
frequency will increase over time.
For this reason the Group accepts major
property insurance risks for periods
of mainly one year so that each contract
can be re-priced on renewal to reflect
the continually evolving risk profile.
The most significant risks covered for
periods exceeding one year are certain
specialist lines such as marine and
offshore construction projects which can
typically have building and assembling
periods of between three and four years.
These form a small proportion of the
Group’s overall portfolio.
Marine and major property contracts
are normally underwritten by reference
to the commercial replacement value of
the property covered. The cost of repairing
or rebuilding assets, of replacement or
indemnity for contents and time taken to
restart or resume operations to original
levels for business interruption losses are
the key factors that influence the level of
claims under these policies. The Group’s
exposure to commodity price risk in relation
to these types of insurance contracts is
very limited, given the controlled extent of
business interruption cover offered in the
areas prone to losses of asset production.
Other property risks
The Group provides home and contents
insurance, together with cover for art work,
antiques, classic cars, jewellery, collectables
and other assets. The Group also extends
cover to reimburse certain policyholders
when named insureds or insured assets
are seized for kidnap and a ransom demand
is subsequently met. Events which can
generate claims on these contracts include
burglary, kidnap, seizure of assets, acts
of vandalism, fires, flooding and storm
damage. Losses on most classes can be
predicted with a greater degree of certainty
as there is a rich history of actual loss
experience data and the locations of the
assets covered, and the individual levels
of security taken by owners are relatively
static from one year to the next. The losses
associated with these contracts tend to be
of a higher frequency and lower severity than
the marine and other major property assets
covered above.
The Group’s home and contents insurance
contracts are exposed to weather and
climatic risks such as floods and windstorms
and their consequences. As outlined earlier
the frequency and severity of these losses
do not lend themselves to accurate
prediction over the short-term. Contract
periods are therefore not normally more
than one year at a time to enable risks
to be regularly re-priced.
Contracts are underwritten by reference
to the commercial replacement value
of the properties and contents insured.
Claims payment limits are always included
to cap the amount payable on occurrence
of the insured event.
Casualty insurance risks
The casualty underwriting strategy attempts
to ensure that the underwritten risks are
well diversified in terms of type and amount
of potential hazard, industry and geography.
However, the Group’s exposure is more
focused towards marine and professional
and technological liability risks rather than
human bodily injury risks, which are only
accepted under limited circumstances.
Claims typically arise from incidents
such as errors and omissions attributed
to the insured, professional negligence
and specific losses suffered as a result
of electronic or technological failure
of software products and websites.
The provision of insurance to cover
allegations made against individuals acting
in the course of fiduciary or managerial
responsibilities, including directors’
and officers’ insurance is one example
of a casualty insurance risk. However
the Group’s specific exposure to this
specific risk category is relatively limited.
The Group’s casualty insurance contracts
mainly experience low severity attritional
losses. By nature, some casualty losses
may take longer to settle than the other
categories of business.
The Group’s pricing strategy for casualty
insurance policies is typically based upon
historical claim frequencies and average
claim severities, adjusted for inflation
and extrapolated forwards to incorporate
projected changes in claims patterns.
In determining the price of each policy
an allowance is also made for acquisition
and administration expenses, reinsurance
costs, investment returns and the Group’s
cost of capital.
Reserving risk
The Group’s procedures for estimating
the outstanding costs of settling insured
losses at the balance sheet date, including
claims incurred but not yet reported, are
detailed in note 26.
The majority of the Group’s insurance risks
are short tail and, based on historical claims
experience, significant claims are normally
notified and settled within 12 to 24 months
of the insured event occurring. Those claims
taking the longest time to develop and
settle typically relate to casualty risks where
legal complexities occasionally develop
regarding the insured’s alleged omissions
or negligence. The length of time required
to obtain definitive legal judgements and
make eventual settlements exposes the
Group to a degree of reserving risk in an
inflationary environment.
The majority of the Group’s casualty
exposures are written on a claims made
basis. However the final quantum of these
claims may not be established for a number
of years after the event. Consequently
a significant proportion of the casualty
insurance amounts reserved on the balance
sheet may not be expected to settle within
24-months of the balance sheet date.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
63
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
3 Management of risk continued
3.1 Insurance risk continued
Reserving risk continued
Certain marine and property insurance
contracts such as those relating to subsea
and other energy assets, and the related
business interruption risks, can also take
longer than normal to settle. This is because
of the length of time required for detailed
subsea surveys to be carried out and
damage assessments agreed together
with difficulties in predicting when the assets
can be brought back into full production.
For the inwards reinsurance lines,
there is often a time lag between the
establishment and re-estimate of case
reserves and reporting to the Group.
The Group works closely with the
reinsured to ensure timely reporting and
also centrally analyses industry loss data
to verify the reported reserves.
3.2 Financial risk
Overview
The Group is exposed to financial
risk through its ownership of financial
instruments including financial liabilities.
These items collectively represent
a significant element of the Group’s net
shareholder funds. The Group invests in
financial assets in order to fund obligations
arising from its insurance contracts
and financial liabilities.
The key financial risk for the Group is that
the proceeds from its financial assets
and investment result generated thereon
are not sufficient to fund the obligations.
The most important entity and economic
variables that could result in such an
outcome relate to the reliability of fair value
measures, equity price risk, interest rate
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and currency
risk. The Group’s policies and procedures
for managing exposure to these specific
categories of risk are detailed below.
quotations in the most active financial
markets in which the assets trade.
The fair value of financial assets is measured
primarily with reference to their closing
bid market prices at the balance sheet
date. The ability to obtain quoted bid market
prices may be reduced in periods of
diminished liquidity. In addition, those
quoted prices that may be available may
represent an unrealistic proportion
of market holdings or individual trade sizes
that could not be readily available to the
Group. In such instances fair values may
be determined or partially supplemented
using other observable market inputs such
as prices provided by market makers such
as dealers and brokers, and prices achieved
in the most recent regular transaction
of identical or closely related instruments
occurring before the balance sheet date
but updated for relevant perceived changes
in market conditions.
At 31 December 2010, the Group holds
asset-backed and mortgage-backed
fixed income instruments in its investment
portfolio however has minimal direct
exposure to sub-prime asset classes.
Together with the Group’s investment
managers, management continues
to monitor the potential for any adverse
development associated with this
investment exposure through the analysis
of relevant factors such as credit ratings,
collateral, subordination levels and default
rates in relation to the securities held.
Valuation of these securities will
continue to be impacted by external
market factors including default rates,
rating agency actions, and liquidity.
The Group will make adjustments to the
investment portfolio as appropriate as part
of its overall portfolio strategy, but its ability
to mitigate its risk by selling or hedging
its exposures may be limited by the market
environment. The Group’s future results may
be impacted, both positively and negatively,
by the valuation adjustments applied
to these securities.
Note 22 provides an analysis of the
measurement attributes of the Group’s
financial instruments.
(a) Reliability of fair values
The Group has elected to carry all financial
investments at fair value through profit
or loss as they are managed and evaluated
on a fair value basis in accordance with
a documented strategy. With the exception
of unquoted equity investments, all of the
financial investments held by the Group are
available to trade in markets and the Group
therefore seeks to determine fair value by
reference to published prices or as derived
by pricing vendors using observable
(b) Equity price risk
The Group is exposed to equity price risk
through its holdings of equity and unit
trust investments. This is limited to a small
and controlled proportion of the overall
investment portfolio and the equity and unit
trust holdings involved are well diversified
over a number of companies and industries.
The fair value of equity assets in the Group’s
balance sheet at 31 December 2010
was £155 million (2009: £134 million).
These may be analysed as follows:
Nature of equity and unit
trust holdings
2010
% weighting
2009
% weighting
Directly held equity
securities
Units held in funds –
traditional long only
Units held in funds –
long and short and
special strategies
Geographic focus
Specific UK mandates
Global mandates
2
69
29
44
56
2
68
30
37
63
The allocation of equity risk is not heavily
confined to any one market index so as
to reduce the Group’s exposure to individual
sensitivities. A 10% downward correction
in equity prices at 31 December 2010
would have been expected to reduce
Group equity and profit after tax for the
year by approximately £13.1 million (2009:
£11.4 million) assuming that the only area
impacted was equity financial assets.
A 10% upward movement is estimated
to have an equal but opposite effect.
(c) Interest rate risk
Fixed income investments represent
a significant proportion of the Group’s
assets and the Board continually monitors
investment strategy to minimise the risk
of a fall in the portfolio’s market value which
could affect the amount of business that
the Group is able to underwrite or its ability
to settle claims as they fall due. The fair value
of the Group’s investment portfolio of debt
and fixed income securities is normally
inversely correlated to movements in market
interest rates. If market interest rates fall,
the fair value of the Group’s debt and
fixed income investments would tend
to rise and vice versa if credit spreads
remained constant.
Debt and fixed income assets are
predominantly invested in high quality
corporate, government and asset backed
bonds. The investments typically have
relatively short durations and terms
to maturity. The portfolio is managed
to minimise the impact of interest rate risk
on anticipated Group cash flows.
The Group may also from time to time, enter
into interest rate future contracts in order
to minimise the interest rate risk on specific
longer duration portfolios.
The fair value of debt and fixed income
assets in the Group’s balance sheet
at 31 December 2010 was £2,285 million
(2009: £2,256 million). These may
be analysed as follows:
64
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
of all reinsurers by reviewing credit grades
provided by rating agencies and other
publicly available financial information
detailing their financial strength and
performance. The financial analysis
of reinsurers produces an assessment
categorised by Standard & Poor’s (S&P)
rating (or equivalent when not available
from S&P).
Despite the rigorous nature of this
assessment exercise, and the resultant
restricted range of reinsurance
counterparties with acceptable strength
and credit credentials that emerges
therefrom, some degree of credit risk
concentration remains inevitable.
The Committee considers the reputation
of its reinsurance partners and also receives
details of recent payment history and the
status of any ongoing negotiations between
Group companies and these third-parties.
This information is used to update the
reinsurance purchasing strategy. Individual
operating units maintain records of the
payment history for significant brokers
and contract holders with whom they
conduct regular business. The exposure
to individual counterparties is also managed
by other mechanisms, such as the right
of offset where counterparties are both
debtors and creditors of the Group.
Management information reports detail
provisions for impairment on loans and
receivables and subsequent write-off.
Exposures to individual intermediaries
and groups of intermediaries are collected
within the ongoing monitoring of the controls
associated with regulatory solvency.
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(c) Interest rate risk continued
Nature of debt and
fixed income holdings
2010
% weighting
2009
% weighting
Government issued bonds
and instruments
Agency and government
supported debt
Asset backed securities
Mortgage backed
instruments – Agency
Mortgage backed
instruments – Non-agency
Corporate bonds
Lloyd’s and money
market deposits
22
31
8
4
6
27
2
28
28
6
4
6
26
2
One method of assessing interest rate
sensitivity is through the examination of
duration-convexity factors in the underlying
portfolio. Using a duration-convexity based
sensitivity analysis, if market interest rates
had risen by 100 basis points at the balance
sheet date, the fair value might have been
expected to decrease by £28 million (2009:
decrease of £32 million) assuming that the
only balance sheet area impacted was debt
and fixed income financial assets.
Duration is the weighted average length
of time required for an instrument’s cash
flow stream to be recovered, where the
weightings involved are based on the
discounted present values of each cash
flow. A closely related concept, modified
duration, measures the sensitivity of the
instrument’s price to a change in its yield
to maturity. Convexity measures the
sensitivity of modified duration to changes
in the yield to maturity.
Using these three concepts, scenario
modelling derives the above estimated
impact on instruments’ fair values for
a 100 basis point change in the term
structure of market interest rates.
Insurance contract liabilities are not directly
sensitive to the level of market interest rates,
as they are undiscounted and contractually
non-interest-bearing. The Group’s debt and
fixed income assets are further detailed at
note 19.
At 31 December 2010, £20 million was
drawn on the Group’s borrowing facility
(2009: £138 million). The Group has no
other significant borrowings or other assets
or liabilities carrying interest rate risk, other
than the facilities and Letters of Credit
outlined in note 35.
which is the risk that a counterparty will
suffer a deterioration in perceived financial
strength or be unable to pay amounts in full
when due.
The concentrations of credit risk exposures
held by insurers may be expected to be
greater than those associated with other
industries, due to the specific nature
of reinsurance markets and the extent
of investments held in financial markets.
In both markets, the Group interacts with
a number of counterparties who are
engaged in similar activities with similar
customer profiles, and often in the same
geographical areas and industry sectors.
Consequently, as many of these
counterparties are themselves exposed
to similar economic characteristics,
one single localised or macroeconomic
change could severely disrupt the ability
of a significant number of counterparties
to meet the Group’s agreed contractual
terms and obligations.
Key areas of exposure to credit risk include:
reinsurers’ share of insurance liabilities;
amounts due from reinsurers
in respect of claims already paid;
amounts due from insurance
contract holders; and
counterparty risk with respect
to cash and cash equivalents,
and investments including
deposits, derivative transactions
and catastrophe bonds.
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit
risk is represented by the carrying values
of financial assets and reinsurance assets
included in the consolidated balance
sheet at any given point in time. The Group
does not use credit derivatives or other
products to mitigate maximum credit
risk exposures on reinsurance assets.
The Group structures the levels of credit
risk accepted by placing limits on their
exposure to a single counterparty,
or groups of counterparties, and having
regard to geographical locations. Such risks
are subject to an annual or more frequent
review. There is no significant concentration
of credit risk with respect to loans and
receivables, as the Group has a large
number of internationally dispersed debtors
with unrelated operations. Reinsurance
is used to contain insurance risk. This does
not, however, discharge the Group’s liability
as primary insurer. If a reinsurer fails
to pay a claim for any reason, the Group
remains liable for the payment to the
policyholder. The creditworthiness of
reinsurers is therefore continually reviewed
throughout the year.
(d) Credit risk
The Group has exposure to credit risk,
The Group Reinsurance Security
Committee assesses the creditworthiness
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
65
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(d) Credit risk continued
The Group also mitigates credit counterparty risk by concentrating debt and fixed income investments in high-quality instruments, including
a particular emphasis on government bonds issued mainly by European Union and North American countries.
An analysis of the Group’s major exposures to counterparty credit risk excluding loans and receivables, based on Standard & Poor’s
or equivalent rating, is presented below:
As at 31 December 2010
Debt and fixed income securities
Deposits with credit institutions
Catastrophe bonds
Reinsurance assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total
Note
AAA
£000
AA
£000
A
£000
Other/
not rated
£000
Total
£000
19
19 1,530,973
3,819
–
22,931
35,874
18
23
202,410
207
–
169,083
137,223
308,966
–
–
253,810
160,382
242,164 2,284,513
4,280
15,452
462,765
336,017
254
15,452
16,941
2,538
1,593,597
508,923
723,158
277,349 3,103,027
Amounts attributable to largest single counterparty
252,213
76,466
43,420
16,583
at 31 December 2009
Debt and fixed income securities
Deposits with credit institutions
Catastrophe bonds
Derivative financial instruments
Reinsurance assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total
Note
AAA
£000
AA
£000
A
£000
19
19 1,555,636
62
–
–
8,120
27,456
18
23
19, 21
198,001
2,860
–
–
151,803
136,214
256,120
8,472
–
–
230,462
93,999
Other/
not rated
£000
Total
£000
245,980 2,255,737
11,394
11,310
1,018
420,126
259,647
–
11,310
1,018
29,741
1,978
1,591,274
488,878
589,053
290,027 2,959,232
Amounts attributable to largest single counterparty
308,569
57,859
17,424
10,619
The largest counterparty exposure within AAA rating is with the US Treasury. Catastrophe bonds included within ‘other/not rated’ are rated
BB or above. A significant proportion of ‘other/not rated’ reinsurance assets at 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 are supported
by Letter of Credit guarantees issued by financial institutions with Standard & Poor’s or equivalent credit or financial strength ratings
of A or better.
At 31 December 2010 the Group held no material debt and fixed income assets that were past due or impaired beyond their reported fair
values, either for the current period under review or on a cumulative basis (2009: £nil). For the current period and prior period, the Group
did not experience any material defaults on debt securities.
The available headroom of working capital is monitored through the use of a detailed Group cash flow forecast which is reviewed
by management monthly or more frequently as required.
(e) Liquidity risk
The Group is exposed to daily calls on its available cash resources mainly from claims arising from insurance and reinsurance contracts.
Liquidity risk is the risk that cash may not be available to pay obligations when due at a reasonable cost. The Board sets limits on the
minimum level of cash and maturing funds available to meet such calls and on the minimum level of borrowing facilities that should
be in place to cover unexpected levels of claims and other cash demands.
A significant proportion of the Group’s investments are in highly liquid assets which could be converted to cash in a prompt fashion
and at minimal expense. The deposits with credit institutions largely comprise short-dated certificates for which an active market
exists and which the Group can easily access. The Group’s exposure to equities is concentrated on shares and funds that are traded
on internationally recognised stock exchanges.
66
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(e) Liquidity risk continued
The main focus of the investment portfolio is on high-quality short duration debt and fixed income securities, and cash. There are
no significant holdings of investments with specific repricing dates. Notwithstanding the regular interest receipts and also the Group’s
ability to liquidate these securities and the majority of its other financial instrument assets for cash in a prompt and reasonable manner,
the contractual maturity profile of the fair value of these securities at 31 December was as follows:
Fair values at balance sheet date
analysed by contractual maturity
Less than one year
Between one and two years
Between two and five years
Over five years
Sub-total
Other non-dated instruments
Total
Debt and
fi xed income
securities
£000
484,885
807,481
648,551
290,083
Deposits
with credit
institutions
£000
525
3,755
–
–
Catastrophe
bonds
£000
3,759
5,606
6,087
–
Cash
and cash
equivalents
£000
336,017
–
–
–
2010
Total
£000
2009
Total
£000
825,186
816,842
654,638
290,083
733,946
719,700
672,198
359,094
2,231,000
4,280
15,452
336,017 2,586,749 2,484,938
53,513
–
–
–
53,513
54,168
2,284,513
4,280
15,452
336,017 2,640,262 2,539,106
The Group’s equities and shares in unit trusts and other non-dated instruments have no contractual maturity terms but could also
be liquidated in an orderly manner for cash in a prompt and reasonable timeframe within one year of the balance sheet date.
Average contractual maturity analysed by
denominational currency of investments
Pound Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
Canadian Dollar
2010
Years
1.89
4.83
3.82
2.24
2009
Years
1.52
4.89
3.21
1.38
The following is an analysis by liability type of the estimated timing of net cash flows based on the net claims liabilities held. The Group does
not discount claims liabilities. The estimated phasing of settlement is based on current estimates and historical trends and the actual timing
of future settlement cash flows may differ materially from that disclosure below.
Liquidity requirements to settle estimated
profile of net claim liabilities on balance sheet
Reinsurance inwards
Property – marine and major assets
Property – other assets
Casualty – professional indemnity
Casualty – other risks
Other*
Total
Liquidity requirements to settle estimated
profile of net claim liabilities on balance sheet
Reinsurance inwards
Property – marine and major assets
Property – other assets
Casualty – professional indemnity
Casualty – other risks
Other*
Total
Within
one year
£000
Between one
and two years
£000
Between two
and fi ve years
£000
161,531
29,233
112,654
117,058
66,493
39,831
91,515
17,715
37,758
114,352
44,187
11,339
85,066
17,753
28,314
210,116
37,681
14,114
Over
fi ve years
£000
36,512
1,720
4,049
37,672
9,487
6,061
2010
Total
£000
374,624
66,421
182,775
479,198
157,848
71,345
526,800
316,866
393,044
95,501 1,332,211
Within
one year
£000
Between one
and two years
£000
Between two
and fi ve years
£000
86,533
54,426
115,406
99,372
55,636
56,342
61,120
33,557
42,065
101,486
37,247
30,266
52,478
34,163
32,477
183,597
34,243
27,088
Over
fi ve years
£000
13,529
10,194
5,234
36,193
8,301
9,480
2009
Total
£000
213,660
132,340
195,182
420,648
135,427
123,176
467,715
305,741
364,046
82,931 1,220,433
*Includes a diverse mix of certain specialty lines such as kidnap and ransom, terrorism, bloodstock and other risks which contain a mix of property and casualty exposures.
Details of the payment profile of the Group’s borrowings, derivative instruments and other liabilities is given in notes 19 and 27.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
67
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(f) Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and its exposures to foreign exchange risk arise primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Pound Sterling
and the Euro. These exposures may be classified in two main categories:
1)
Structural foreign exchange risk through consolidation of net investments in subsidiaries with different functional currencies within
the Group results; and
Operational foreign exchange risk through routinely entering into insurance, investment and operational contracts, as a Group
of international insurance entities serving international communities, where rights and obligations are denominated in currencies
other than each respective entity’s functional currency.
2)
The Group’s exposure to structural foreign exchange risk primarily relates to the US Dollar net investments made in its domestic operation
in Bermuda and its overseas operation in Guernsey and the US. Other structural exposures also arise on a smaller scale in relation to net
investments made in European operations. The Group’s risk appetite permits the acceptance of structural foreign exchange movements
within defined aggregate limits and exchange rate parameters which are monitored centrally. Exchange rate derivatives are used when
appropriate to shield the Group against significant movements outside of a defined range.
At a consolidated level, the Group is exposed to foreign exchange gains or losses on balances held between Group companies where one
party to the transaction has a functional currency other than Pound Sterling. To the extent that such gains or losses are considered to relate
to economic hedges and intragroup borrowings, they are disclosed separately in order for users of the financial statements to obtain a fuller
understanding of the Group’s financial performance (note 13).
The Group has the ability to draw on its current borrowing facility in any currency requested, enabling the Group to match its funding
requirements with the relevant currency.
Operational foreign exchange risk is controlled within the Group’s individual entities. The assets of the Group’s overseas operations
are generally invested in the same currencies as their underlying insurance and investment liabilities producing a natural hedge.
Due attention is paid to local regulatory solvency and risk-based capital requirements.
Details of all foreign currency derivative contracts entered into with external parties are given in note 21. All foreign currency derivative
transactions with external parties are managed centrally. Included in the tables below are net non-monetary liabilities of £142 million
(2009: £240 million) which are denominated in foreign currencies.
As a result of the accounting treatment for non-monetary items, the Group may also experience volatility in its income statement during
a period when movements in foreign exchange rates fluctuate significantly. In accordance with IFRS, non-monetary items are recorded
at original transaction rates and are not remeasured at the reporting date. These items include unearned premiums, deferred acquisition
costs and reinsurers’ share of unearned premiums. Consequently, a mismatch arises in the income statement between the amount
of premium recognised at historical transaction rates, and the related claims which are retranslated using currency rates in force at the
reporting date. The Group considers this to be a timing issue which can cause significant volatility in the income statements. Further details
of the impact of the accounting treatment is provided in note 12.
The currency profile of the Group’s assets and liabilities is as follows:
As at 31 December 2010
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in associates
Deferred tax
Deferred acquisition costs
Financial assets carried at fair value
Reinsurance assets
Loans and receivables including insurance receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Sterling
£000
US Dollar
£000
Euro
£000
Other
£000
Total
£000
57,800
11,379
6,302
–
43,762
6,308
7,710
–
14,077
72,080
598,779 1,648,985
360,902
222,202
121,807
57,680
132,916
135,457
–
653
584
–
23,462
174,224
32,927
126,154
54,828
64,108
–
19,742
–
6,886
–
14,077
–
3,432
142,736
37,119 2,459,107
462,765
11,256
485,414
4,142
336,017
23,925
Total assets
1,044,075 2,454,071
412,832
79,874 3,990,852
68
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(f) Currency risk continued
Employee retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax
Insurance liabilities
Financial liabilities
Current tax
Trade and other payables
Total liabilities
As at 31 December 2009
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in associates
Deferred tax
Deferred acquisition costs
Financial assets carried at fair value
Reinsurance assets
Loans and receivables including insurance receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Sterling
£000
US Dollar
£000
Euro
£000
Other
£000
Total
£000
–
45,421
–
–
545,358 1,417,667
–
–
237,488
20,457
29,995
36,698
–
–
268,833
–
–
67,915
–
–
–
45,421
48,009 2,279,867
20,457
29,995
348,998
–
–
6,897
677,929 1,655,155
336,748
54,906 2,724,738
Sterling
£000
US Dollar
£000
Euro
£000
Other
£000
Total
£000
44,105
13,678
6,728
–
42,376
6,308
7,893
–
14,077
71,678
580,797 1,623,276
320,424
259,539
97,754
54,976
127,361
93,096
–
673
590
–
23,125
166,629
27,375
88,480
57,998
–
–
–
–
4,326
50,413
22,244
7,318
14,077
141,505
42,598 2,413,300
420,126
17,351
488,782
13,402
259,647
10,799
Total assets
963,117 2,400,949
364,870
88,476 3,817,412
Sterling
£000
US Dollar
£000
Euro
£000
Other
£000
Total
£000
Employee retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax
Insurance liabilities
Financial liabilities
Current tax
Trade and other payables
Total liabilities
–
69,673
–
–
486,488 1,361,934
539
138,000
–
26,080
149,005
142,659
–
–
220,661
–
–
42,766
–
–
–
69,673
53,268 2,122,351
138,539
26,080
339,483
–
–
5,053
862,900 1,511,478
263,427
58,321 2,696,126
Sensitivity analysis
As at 31 December 2010, the Group used closing rates of exchange of £1:€1.17 and £1:$1.57 (2009: £1:€1.13 and £1:$1.61). The Group
performs sensitivity analysis based on a 10% strengthening or weakening of Pound Sterling against the Euro and US Dollar. This analysis
assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant and that the underlying valuation of assets and liabilities
in their base currency is unchanged. The process of deriving the undernoted estimates takes account of the linear retranslation movements
of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities together with the impact on the retranslation of those Group entities with non-Sterling
functional currency financial statements. During the year, the Group transacted in a number of over the counter forward currency derivative
contracts. The impact of these contracts on the sensitivity analysis is negligible.
As at 31 December 2010
Strengthening of US Dollar
Weakening of US Dollar
Strengthening of Euro
Weakening of Euro
Effect on equity
after tax
£m
Effect on profit
before tax
£m
91.0
(71.9)
7.2
(5.9)
38.5
(28.9)
10.0
(8.2)
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
69
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
3 Management of risk continued
3.2 Financial risk continued
(g) Limitations of sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity information given in notes
(a) to (f) above demonstrates the estimated
impact of a change in a major input
assumption while other assumptions remain
unchanged. In reality, there are normally
significant levels of correlation between the
assumptions and other factors. It should
also be noted that these sensitivities are
non-linear, and larger or smaller impacts
should not be interpolated or extrapolated
from these results. The same limitations
exist in respect to the retirement benefit
scheme sensitivities presented at note
30 to these financial statements.
Furthermore, estimates of sensitivity
may become less reliable in unusual market
conditions such as instances when risk-free
interest rates fall towards zero.
The sensitivity analyses do not take into
consideration that the Group’s assets and
liabilities are actively managed. Additionally,
the financial position of the Group may vary
at the time that any actual market movement
occurs. For example, the Group’s financial
risk management strategy aims to manage
the exposure to market fluctuations.
As investment markets move past various
trigger levels, management actions could
include selling investments, changing
investment portfolio allocation and taking
other protective action.
3.3 Capital risk management
The Group’s primary objectives when
managing its capital position are:
to safeguard its ability to continue
as a going concern, so that it can
continue to provide long-term growth
and progressive dividend returns
for shareholders;
to provide an adequate return
to the Group’s shareholders by pricing
its insurance products and services
commensurately with the level of risk;
to maintain an efficient cost
of capital;
to comply with all regulatory requirements
by a significant margin; and
to maintain financial strength ratings
of A in each of its insurance entities.
The Group sets the amount of capital
required in its funding structure in proportion
to risk. The Group then manages the capital
structure and makes adjustments to it in the
light of changes in economic conditions and
the risk characteristics of the underlying
assets. In order to obtain or maintain
an optimal capital structure the Group
may adjust the amount of dividends paid to
shareholders, return capital to shareholders,
issue new shares, assume debt, or sell
assets to reduce debt.
The Group’s activities are funded by a
mixture of capital sources including issued
equity share capital, retained earnings,
Letters of Credit, bank debt and other
third-party insurance capital.
The Board ensures that the use and
allocation of capital are given a primary
focus in all significant operational actions.
With that in mind, the Group has developed
and embedded sophisticated capital
modelling tools within its business.
These join together short-term and long-
term business plans and link divisional
aspirations with the Group’s overall strategy.
The models provide the basis of the
allocation of capital to different businesses
and business lines, as well as the regulatory
and rating agency capital processes.
During the year the Group was in
compliance with capital requirements
imposed by regulators in each jurisdiction
where the Group operates.
There were no changes in the Group’s
approach to capital risk management during
the current or prior year under review.
Gearing
The Group currently utilises short-to
medium-term gearing as an additional
source of funds to maximise the
opportunities from strong markets
and to reduce the risk profile of the business
when the rating environment shows
a weaker model for the more volatile
business. The Group’s gearing is obtained
from a number of sources, including:
Letter of Credit and revolving credit
facility – the Group’s main facility
was replaced during 2010 for a total
of $750 million which may be drawn
as cash (under a revolving credit
facility), Letter of Credit or a
combination thereof, providing that
the cash portion does not exceed $450
million. This facility was secured during
2010 by the Company’s subsidiary
Hiscox plc. The Letter of Credit
availability period ends on 31
December 2011. This enables the
Group to utilise the Letter of Credit
as Funds at Lloyd’s to support
underwriting on the 2010, 2011 and
2012 years of account. The revolving
credit facility has a maximum three-year
contractual period for repayment.
At 31 December 2010 US$165 million
70
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
was drawn by way of Letter of Credit
to support the Funds at Lloyd’s
requirement and a further £20 million
by way of cash (2009: $225 million
and £138 million respectively)
to support general trading activities;
external Names – 27.5% of Syndicate
33’s capacity is capitalised by third-
parties paying a profit share
of approximately 17.5%;
Syndicate 6104 at Lloyd’s – with
an approximate capacity of £45 million
for the 2010 year of account (2009 year
of account: £43 million). This Syndicate
is wholly backed by external members
and takes a pure 2009 year of account
quota share of Syndicate 33’s
international property catastrophe
reinsurance account;
gearing quota shares – historically the
Group has used reinsurance capital
to fund its capital requirement for
short-term expansions in the volume
of business underwritten by the
Syndicate; and
qualifying quota shares – these are
reinsurance arrangements that allow
the Group to increase the amount
of premium it writes in hard markets.
The funds raised through Letters of Credit
and loan facilities have been applied
to support both the 2010 year of account
for Syndicate 33 and the capital
requirements of Hiscox Insurance
Company (Bermuda) Limited.
Financial strength
The financial strength ratings of the Group’s
insurance company subsidiaries are outlined
below:
A.M. Best Fitch
Standard
& Poor’s
Hiscox Insurance
Company Limited
Hiscox Insurance
Company (Bermuda)
Limited
Hiscox Insurance
Company (Guernsey)
Limited
Hiscox Insurance
Company Inc.
A (Excellent)
A
A (Strong)
A (Excellent)
A
A (Excellent)
A
A (Excellent)
–
–
–
–
Syndicate 33 benefits from an A.M. Best
rating of A (Excellent). In addition, the
Syndicate also benefits from the Lloyd’s
ratings of A (Excellent) from A.M. Best
and A+ (Strong) from Standard & Poor’s.
Capital performance
The Group’s main capital performance
measure is the achieved return on equity
(ROE). This marker best aligns the
aspirations of employees and shareholders.
As variable remuneration, the vesting of
options and longer-term investment plans
the results of Syndicate 33’s fine art,
UK regional events coverage and non
US household business, together with
the income and expenses arising from
the Group’s retail agency activities
in the UK and in continental Europe.
In addition, it includes the European
errors and omissions business from
Syndicate 3624. It excludes the results
of the larger retail TMT business written
by Hiscox Insurance Company Limited.
It also includes an element of kidnap
and ransom and terrorism written
in Syndicate 33.
International comprises the results
of Hiscox Insurance Company
(Guernsey) Limited, Hiscox Insurance
Company (Bermuda) Limited, Hiscox
Inc., Hiscox Insurance Company Inc.
and Syndicate 3624 excluding
the European errors and omissions, fire
and aviation business. It also includes
the results of the larger TMT business
written by Hiscox Insurance Company
Limited and Syndicate 33.
Corporate Centre comprises the
investment return, finance costs and
administrative costs associated with
Group management activities.
Corporate Centre also includes
the majority of foreign currency items
on economic hedges and intragroup
borrowings. These relate to certain
foreign currency items on economic
hedges and intragroup borrowings,
further details of which are given
at note 13. Corporate Centre forms
a reportable segment due to its
investment activities which earn
significant external coupon revenues.
All amounts reported below represent
transactions with external parties only.
In the normal course of trade, the Group’s
entities enter into various reinsurance
arrangements with one another. The related
results of these transactions are eliminated
on consolidation and are not included
within the results of the segments.
This is consistent with the information
used by the chief operating decision maker
when evaluating the results of the Group.
Performance is measured based on each
reportable segment’s profit before tax.
3 Management of risk continued
3.3 Capital risk management continued
all relate directly to ROE, this concept
is embedded in the workings and culture
of the Group. The Group maintains its cost
of capital levels and its debt to overall equity
ratios in line with others in the non-life
insurance industry.
Capital modelling and regulation
The capital requirements of an insurance
group are determined by its exposure
to risk and the solvency criteria established
by management and statutory regulations.
In 2005, the UK Financial Services Authority
(FSA) and Lloyd’s introduced a new capital
regime that requires insurance companies
to calculate their own capital requirements
through Individual Capital Assessments
(ICA). Hiscox Insurance Company Limited
and Syndicate 33 maintain ICA models
in accordance with this regime. The models
are concentrated specifically on the
particular product lines, market conditions
and risk appetite of each entity. If the FSA
considers an ICA to be inadequate, it can
require the entity to maintain an increased
capital safeguard. The Directors are also
required to certify that the Group has
complied, in all material aspects, with
the provisions of the Interim Prudential
Sourcebook: Insurers (IPRU(INS)), the
Integrated Prudential Sourcebook for
Insurers (INSPRU) and General Prudential
Sourcebook (GENPRU) when completing
the ICA return. The Group used its own
integrated modelling expertise to produce
the ICA calculations. The results mirrored
those driving the existing internal capital
setting process.
The Group’s capital requirements are
managed both centrally and at a regulated
entity level. The assessed capital
requirement for the business placed through
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited, Hiscox
Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited,
Hiscox Insurance Company (Guernsey)
Limited and Hiscox Insurance Company
Inc., is driven by the level of resources
necessary to maintain both regulatory
requirements and the capital necessary
to maintain financial strength of an A rating.
For Syndicate 33, the ICA process produces
a result that is uplifted by Lloyd’s to identify
the capital required to hold the A rating.
The strong control and risk management
environment, together with the sophistication
of the modelling, have produced a capital
ratio below that suggested under the
previous risk-based capital regime.
Another key area of capital modelling
for Hiscox is to identify which insurance
vehicle produces the best return on capital
employed for the Group, given certain
restraints from licences, reinsurance and
the regulatory environment. This modelling
takes into account transactional costs
and tax, in addition to the necessary capital
ratios. It proves the capital efficiency of
Lloyd’s, despite a tax disadvantage against
offshore entities, and the cost advantage
of processing smaller premium business
outside of Lloyd’s.
In addition to the ICA modelling process,
the EU Insurance Group’s Directive of 1998,
as amended by the Financial Group’s
Directive (FGD), compels insurance
companies that are members of a group
to consider the solvency margin of their
ultimate parent company. This consideration
must refer to the surplus assets of the
ultimate parent’s related insurers, reinsurers,
intermediate holding companies and other
regulated entities.
The FGD has been applied in the UK through
INSPRU and GENPRU. In accordance with
these provisions, the parent company’s
solvency margin consideration became
a minimum capital requirement for the
Group from 31 December 2006 onwards.
The Group complied with the requirement
for the current and prior year.
In the Group’s other geographical territories,
including the US, its subsidiaries underwriting
insurance business are required to operate
within broadly similar risk-based externally
imposed capital requirements when
accepting business.
4 Operating segments
The Group’s operating segments consist
of four segments which recognise the
differences between products and services,
customer groupings and geographical
areas. Financial information is used in this
format by the chief operating decision maker
in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. The format
is representative of the management
structure of the segments.
The Group’s four operating segments are:
London Market comprises the results
of Syndicate 33, excluding the results
of the fine art, UK regional events
coverage and non US household
business which is included within the
results of UK and Europe. It also
includes the fire and aviation
businesses from Syndicate 3624.
In addition, it excludes the larger TMT
business which is allocated to the
International segment and an element
of kidnap and ransom and terrorism
included in UK and Europe.
UK and Europe comprises the results
of Hiscox Insurance Company Limited,
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
71
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
4 Operating segments continued
(a) Profit before tax by segment
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
Gross premiums
written
Net premiums
written
Net premiums
earned
572,748
454,692
405,234
– 1,432,674
663,034
420,982
351,385
– 1,435,401
389,581
428,032
314,014
– 1,131,627
483,611
391,461
281,951
– 1,157,023
396,096
422,180
312,882
– 1,131,158
453,281
367,326
277,495
– 1,098,102
Investment result*
Other revenues
39,068
12,054
17,244
3,671
27,624
5,836
16,313
518
100,249
22,079
79,709
12,841
36,902
3,955
57,682
2,700
8,872
2
183,165
19,498
Revenue
447,218
443,095
346,342
16,831 1,253,486
545,831
408,183
337,877
8,874 1,300,765
Claims and claim
adjustment
expenses, net of
reinsurance
Expenses for
the acquisition
of insurance
contracts
Operational
expenses
Foreign exchange
gains/(losses)
(195,570)
(213,001)
(162,426)
–
(570,997)
(175,823)
(195,967)
(91,428)
–
(463,218)
(92,832)
(99,069)
(77,990)
–
(269,891)
(101,518)
(87,393)
(67,723)
–
(256,634)
(44,733)
(89,440)
(59,419)
(12,811)
(206,403)
(52,178)
(97,193)
(61,128)
(19,067)
(229,566)
11,669
(1,972)
(2,610)
8,397
15,484
(35,800)
(7,065)
6,989
10,322
(25,554)
Total expenses
(321,466)
(403,482)
(302,445)
(4,414) (1,031,807)
(365,319)
(387,618)
(213,290)
(8,745)
(974,972)
Results of operating
activities
Finance costs
Share of (loss)/profit
of associates
after tax
125,752
(4,392)
39,613
(9)
43,897
(433)
12,417
(5,256)
221,679
(10,090)
180,512
(616)
20,565
(20)
124,587
(407)
129
(4,250)
325,793
(5,293)
–
–
(323)
100
(223)
–
–
–
118
118
Profit before tax
121,360
39,604
43,141
7,261
211,366
179,896
20,545
124,180
(4,003)
320,618
*Interest revenues included total £60,332,000 (2009: £74,584,000).
The following charges are included within the consolidated income statement:
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
Depreciation
Amortisation of
intangible assets
London
Market
£000
455
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
2,155
1,932
1,212
845
403
Total
£000
4,605
2,460
London
Market
£000
650
635
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
3,230
1,187
135
149
60
–
Total
£000
5,127
919
63
–
72
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
4 Operating segments continued
(a) Profit before tax by segment continued
The Group’s wholly owned subsidiary, Hiscox Syndicates Limited, oversees the operation of Syndicate 33 at Lloyd’s. The Group’s
percentage participation in Syndicate 33 can fluctuate from year to year and consequently, presentation of the results at the 100% level
removes any distortions arising therefrom.
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
100% ratio analysis
Claims ratio (%)
Expense ratio (%)
Combined ratio excluding
foreign exchange impact (%)
Foreign exchange impact (%)
Combined ratio (%)
Combined ratio excluding
non-monetary foreign
exchange impact (%)
International
Corporate
Centre
International
Corporate
Centre
London
Market
48.3
33.5
81.8
(2.1)
79.7
UK and
Europe
50.2
44.6
94.8
0.5
95.3
53.2
43.2
96.4
0.9
97.3
Total
50.1
39.7
89.8
(0.5)
89.3
London
Market
38.8
32.2
71.0
7.8
78.8
UK and
Europe
53.4
49.9
103.3
1.8
105.1
33.0
45.6
78.6
(2.3)
76.3
79.7
95.3
97.3
89.3
71.5
103.9
76.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
41.8
40.4
82.2
3.8
86.0
81.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
The claims ratio is calculated as claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance, as a proportion of net premiums earned.
The expense ratio is calculated as the total of expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts, and operational expenses as a proportion
of net premiums earned. The foreign exchange impact ratio is calculated as the foreign exchange gains or losses as a proportion of net
premiums earned. The combined ratio is the total of the claims, expenses and foreign exchange impact ratios. The combined ratio excluding
non-monetary foreign exchange impact is calculated by adjusting the net premiums earned and the expenses for the acquisition of
insurance contracts by the movement arising from retranslating net unearned premiums and net deferred acquisition costs at year end rates
of exchange. All ratios are calculated using the 100% results.
Costs allocated to the Corporate Centre are non-underwriting related costs and are not included within the combined ratio.
The impact on profit before tax of a 1% change in each component of the segmental combined ratios is:
At 100% level (note 4b)
1% change in claims or expense ratio
At Group level
1% change in claims or expense ratio
(b) 100% operating result by segment
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
5,459
4,388
3,223
3,961
4,222
3,129
–
–
6,248
3,824
2,875
4,533
3,673
2,775
–
–
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
Gross premiums written
Net premiums written
Net premiums earned
782,523 472,247
416,103
524,658 443,693 321,236
545,945 438,773 322,341
– 1,670,873
– 1,289,587 666,692 408,037
382,417
– 1,307,059
914,072 440,064 359,297
287,589
287,524
624,755
– 1,713,433
– 1,362,318
– 1,294,696
Investment result
Other revenues
Claims and claim adjustment
expenses, net of reinsurance
Expenses for the acquisition
of insurance contracts
Operational expenses
Foreign exchange
gains/(losses)
53,870
–
17,848
3,029
28,572
4,393
16,313
518
116,603 109,803
–
7,940
38,395
2,716
59,214
677
8,872
2
216,284
3,395
(263,610)
(220,101)
(171,347)
– (655,058)
(242,422)
(204,330)
(94,873)
– (541,625)
(127,202) (105,394)
(90,489)
(55,873)
(78,611)
(60,755)
– (311,207)
(12,811) (219,928)
(139,923)
(61,054)
(92,562)
(97,948)
(69,185)
(62,040)
– (301,670)
(240,109)
(19,067)
11,272
(1,983)
(2,892)
8,397
14,794
(48,912)
(6,951)
6,678
10,322
(38,863)
Results of operating activities
164,402
41,683
41,701
12,417 260,203
242,247
21,737
127,995
129
392,108
Segment results at the 100% level presented above differ from those presented at the Group’s share at note 4(a) solely as a result
of the Group not owning 100% of the capacity of Syndicate 33 at Lloyd’s.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
73
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
4 Operating segments continued
(c) Segmental analysis of assets and liabilities
The segment assets and liabilities at 31 December and the capital expenditure for the year then ended are as follows:
Intangible assets
Deferred acquisition costs
Financial assets
Reinsurance assets
Other assets
Total assets
Insurance liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Capital expenditure
Intangible assets
Deferred acquisition costs
Financial assets
Reinsurance assets
Other assets
Total assets
Insurance liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Capital expenditure
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
32,995
51,275
995,824
660,057
514,351
5,524
45,574
413,989
185,625
253,925
International
£000
15,441
43,529
797,048
85,778
345,893
Year to 31 December 2010
Corporate
Centre
£000
Intragroup items
and eliminations
£000
Total
£000
–
2,358
10,148
–
32,480
–
64,108
142,736
226,652 2,465,993
462,765
(468,695)
855,250
954,236 (1,213,155)
2,254,502
904,637 1,287,689
996,864 (1,452,840) 3,990,852
1,315,215
811,866
536,196
208,759
528,390
194,115
–
139,015 (908,884)
(99,934) 2,279,867
444,871
2,127,081
744,955
722,505
139,015 (1,008,818) 2,724,738
4,152
2,731
8,742
372
–
15,497
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
32,647
59,741
1,161,612
472,998
369,751
2,715
44,735
365,268
146,435
235,075
International
£000
8,522
36,453
604,927
103,630
294,113
Year to 31 December 2009
Corporate
Centre
£000
Intragroup items
and eliminations
£000
Total
£000
–
576
6,529
–
75,118
–
50,413
141,505
213,693 2,420,618
420,126
(302,937)
784,750
925,940 (1,040,129)
2,096,749
794,228 1,047,645 1,007,587 (1,128,797) 3,817,412
1,326,719
657,956
482,577
185,355
384,186
173,219
–
168,193
(71,131) 2,122,351
573,775
(610,948)
1,984,675
667,932
557,405
168,193
(682,079) 2,696,126
1,539
2,245
6,962
275
–
11,021
Segment assets and liabilities primarily consist of operating assets and liabilities, which represent the majority of the balance sheet.
Intragroup assets and liabilities that cross segments are presented under the separate category heading ‘Intragroup items and eliminations’.
Capital expenditure comprises expenditure on intangible assets (note 14) other than goodwill, and additions to property, plant
and equipment (note 15), but excluding assets acquired on business combinations.
(d) Geographical information
The Group’s operational segments underwrite business domestically in Bermuda and from locations in the UK and Ireland, the US,
Guernsey, France, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, Spain, Portugal and Austria.
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s gross premium revenues earned by material geographical location from external parties:
Gross premium revenues
earned from external parties
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
International
£000
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
London
Market
£000
UK and
Europe
£000
UK and Ireland
Europe
United States
Rest of World
28,534 285,350
127,639
27,459
361,192
176,527
27,360
35,658
8,557 219,210
28,757 108,875
– 341,244
– 190,756
– 588,959
314,159
–
33,028
47,271
324,757
224,878
257,873
111,552
4,440
23,337
Year to 31 December 2010
Year to 31 December 2009
Corporate
Centre
£000
Total
£000
315,199
–
– 189,336
–
519,935
– 339,228
International
£000
24,298
30,513
190,738
91,013
593,712 450,303
391,103
– 1,435,118 629,934
397,202 336,562
– 1,363,698
The Group’s largest external policyholder contributed less than 2% of total gross Group premium revenues earned and the details thereof
are not disclosed on the grounds of materiality.
74
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
4 Operating segments continued
(d) Geographical information continued
The Group has not reported geographical segmental details of non-current assets excluding financial instruments and including loans
and receivables, rights and obligations under insurance and reinsurance contracts, investments in associates and subsidiaries as such
details are not used by the chief operating decision maker to evaluate the performance of the Group.
5 Net asset value per share
Net asset value
Net tangible asset value
Net asset
value
)
(total equity
£000
2010
Net asset
value
per share
pence
Net asset
value
)
(total equity
£000
1,266,114
1,202,006
332.7 1,121,286
315.8 1,070,873
2009
Net asset
value
per share
pence
299.2
285.7
The net asset value per share is based on 380,613,336 shares (2009: 374,819,025 shares), being the adjusted number of shares in issue
at 31 December.
Net tangible assets comprise total equity excluding intangible assets.
6 Return on equity
Profit for the year (all attributable to owners of the Company)
Opening shareholders’ equity
Adjusted for the time weighted impact of capital distributions and issuance of shares
Adjusted opening shareholders’ equity
Annualised return on equity (%)
7 Investment result
The total result for the Group before taxation comprises:
Investment income including interest receivable
Net realised gains on financial investments at fair value through profit or loss
Net fair value gains/(losses) on financial investments at fair value through profit or loss
Investment result – financial assets
Fair value gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments
Total result
Investment expenses are presented within other expenses (note 9).
2010
£000
2009
£000
178,800 280,497
951,026
(20,429)
1,121,286
(34,820)
1,086,466 930,597
16.5
30.1
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
61,606
12,971
24,272
75,740
19,733
87,296
8
21
98,849
1,400
182,769
396
100,249
183,165
8 Analysis of return on financial investments
(a) The weighted average return on financial investments for the year by currency, based on monthly asset values, was:
Sterling
US Dollar
Other
(b) Investment return
2010
%
3.6
3.8
2.3
2009
%
4.2
8.5
6.5
London Market
UK and Europe
International
Corporate Centre
2010 Total
£000
%
£000
%
£000
%
£000
%
£000
%
Debt and fixed income securities
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Deposits with credit institutions/
cash and cash equivalents
39,464
–
138
39,602
4.2
–
0.3
4.0
9,586
6,079
500
16,165
2.6
11.6
22,078
4,468
0.8
3.3
218
26,764
3.6
9.0
0.1
3.2
11,106
5,025
187
16,318
4.7
13.4
82,234
15,572
0.4
5.0
1,043
98,849
3.7
11.1
0.3
3.6
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
75
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
8 Analysis of return on financial investments continued
(b) Investment return continued
Debt and fixed income securities
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Deposits with credit institutions/
cash and cash equivalents
London Market
UK and Europe
International
Corporate Centre
2009 Total
£000
80,616
–
285
80,901
%
8.0
–
0.7
7.7
£000
%
£000
%
£000
%
£000
%
19,212
14,769
954
34,935
5.9
28.5
48,887
7,668
1.4
7.8
1,210
57,765
9.2
17.5
0.4
6.8
4,239
3,923
1,006
9,168
3.8
12.3
152,954
26,360
3.3
5.2
3,455
182,769
7.7
20.7
0.8
7.2
9 Other revenues and operational expenses
Agency related income
Profit commission
Other underwriting income – catastrophe bonds
Other income
Other revenues
Wages and salaries
Social security cost
Pension cost – defined contribution
Pension cost – defined benefit
Share based payments
Other expenses
Marketing expenses
Investment expenses
Depreciation and amortisation
Operational expenses
10 Finance costs
Interest and expenses associated with bank borrowings
Interest and charges associated with Letters of Credit
Interest charges on experience account
Interest charges arising on finance leases
2010
£000
2009
£000
6,816
10,616
1,280
3,367
6,651
12,248
410
189
22,079
19,498
80,359
13,689
5,209
1,700
8,047
74,668
11,863
3,803
7,065
86,701
12,391
5,167
13,300
5,260
86,150
11,422
3,129
6,046
206,403 229,566
Note
35
36
2010
£000
3,117
3,216
3,748
9
2009
£000
2,493
2,780
–
20
10,090
5,293
11 Auditors’ remuneration
Fees payable to the Group’s main external auditors, KPMG, its member firms and its associates (exclusive of VAT) include the following
amounts recorded in the consolidated income statement:
Group
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Group’s consolidated financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services:
The audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Other services pursuant to legislation
All other services*
Fees in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme:
Audit
Total auditors’ remuneration expense
2010
£000
181
645
96
3
925
10
935
2009
£000
188
638
90
185
1,101
11
1,112
* Other fees relate primarily to corporate advisory and fi nancial reporting consulting services. Non-audit services with fees greater than £50,000 must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee which is composed solely of independent
Non Executive Directors.
76
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
11 Auditors’ remuneration continued
The full audit fee payable for the Syndicate audit has been included above, although an element of this is borne by the third-party
participants in the Syndicate.
12 Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)
The net foreign exchange gains/(losses) for the year include the following amounts:
Exchange gains/(losses) recognised in the consolidated income statement
Exchange gains/(losses) classified as a separate component of equity
Overall impact of foreign exchange related items on net assets
2010
£000
2009
£000
15,484
11,729
(25,554)
(69,589)
27,213
(95,143)
The above excludes profit or losses on foreign exchange derivative financial instruments which are included within the investment result.
Net unearned premiums and deferred acquisition costs are treated as non-monetary items in accordance with IFRS. As a result, a foreign
exchange mismatch arises caused by these items being earned at historical rates of exchange prevailing at the original transaction date
whereby resulting claims are retranslated at the end of each period. The impact of this mismatch on the income statement is shown below.
Opening balance sheet impact of non retranslation of non-monetary items
Gain/(loss) included within profit representing the non retranslation of non-monetary items
Closing balance sheet impact of non retranslation of non-monetary items
2010
£000
2009
£000
(3,207)
1,956
50,525
(53,732)
(1,251)
(3,207)
13 Foreign currency items on economic hedges and intragroup borrowings
The Group has loan arrangements, denominated in US Dollars, in place between certain Group companies. In most cases, as one party to
each arrangement has a functional currency other than the US Dollar, foreign exchange losses arise which are not eliminated through the
income statement on consolidation. Implicit offsetting gains are reflected instead on retranslation of the counterparty company’s closing
balance sheet through other comprehensive income and into the Group’s currency translation reserve within equity.
Impact as at 31 December 2010
Unrealised translation gains/(losses) on intragroup borrowings
Total gains/(losses) recognised
Impact as at 31 December 2009
Realised gains on foreign currency derivative contracts used to manage retranslation risk
associated with the net investment in Bermuda and Guernsey insurance operations
Consolidated
income
statement
2010
£000
Consolidated
other
comprehensive
income
2010
£000
1,846
1,846
(1,846)
(1,846)
Consolidated
income
statement
2009
£000
Consolidated
other
comprehensive
income
2009
£000
Total
impact on
equity
2010
£000
–
–
Total
impact on
equity
2009
£000
314
–
314
Retranslation loss on managed net investment in Bermuda and Guernsey insurance operations
–
(5,207)
(5,207)
Unrealised translation (losses)/gains on intragroup borrowings
Total losses recognised
(4,362)
4,362
–
(4,048)
(845)
(4,893)
The Group did not enter into any economic hedging derivative contracts during the current year.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
77
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
14 Intangible assets
At 1 January 2009
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net book amount
Year ended 31 December 2009
Opening net book amount
Other additions
Amortisation charges
Closing net book amount
At 31 December 2009
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net book amount
Year ended 31 December 2010
Opening net book amount
Other additions
Amortisation charges
Closing net book amount
At 31 December 2010
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net book amount
Goodwill
£000
Syndicate
capacity
£000
State
authorisation
licences
£000
Other
£000
Total
£000
10,405
(2,430)
24,505
–
7,975
24,505
7,975
–
–
7,975
24,505
–
–
24,505
10,405
(2,430)
24,505
–
7,975
24,505
6,308
–
6,308
6,308
–
–
6,308
6,308
–
6,308
10,591
(822)
51,809
(3,252)
9,769
48,557
9,769
2,775
(919)
48,557
2,775
(919)
11,625
50,413
13,366
(1,741)
54,584
(4,171)
11,625
50,413
7,975
–
–
7,975
24,505
–
–
6,308
–
–
11,625
16,155
(2,460)
50,413
16,155
(2,460)
24,505
6,308
25,320
64,108
10,405
(2,430)
24,505
–
6,308
–
29,521
(4,201)
70,739
(6,631)
7,975
24,505
6,308
25,320
64,108
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to country of operation and business segment.
Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and as such is tested annually for impairment based on the recoverable amount which is
considered to be the higher of the fair value or value in use. Accumulated amortisation and impairment of goodwill relates to the amortisation
charged prior to the Group’s adoption of IFRS.
Value in use is considered to be the best indication of the recoverable amount for goodwill. Value in use calculations are performed using
cash flow projections based on financial forecasts covering a five-year period. A discount factor of 2.5% (2009: 1.8%) has been applied
to the projections to determine the net present value. The outcome of the value in use calculation is measured against the carrying value
of the asset and where the carrying value is in excess of the value in use, the asset is written down to this amount.
There were no impairments recognised in the current or prior year for goodwill.
The Group’s intangible asset relating to Syndicate capacity has been allocated, for impairment testing purposes, to one individual CGU,
being the active Lloyd’s corporate member entity. The asset is tested annually for impairment based on its recoverable amount which
is considered to be the higher of the asset’s fair value or its value in use. The fair value of Syndicate capacity can be determined from
the Lloyd’s of London Syndicate capacity auctions. Based on the average open market price witnessed in the recent Autumn 2010
auction, the carrying value of Syndicate capacity recognised on the balance sheet is significantly below the market price.
As part of a business combination in 2007, the Group acquired insurance authorisation licences for 50 US states. This intangible asset
has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to one individual CGU, being the Group’s North American underwriting businesses.
The carrying value of this asset is tested for impairment based on its fair value which reflects the total costs to acquire the licences
in each state.
Other intangible assets relate to the costs of acquiring rights to customer contractual relationships with additions in the current and prior
year relating to software licence and development costs. Customer contractual relationships are amortised on a straight line basis over
the useful economic life.
78
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
14 Intangible assets continued
The carrying value of customer contractual relationships is tested annually for impairment based on the recoverable amount which is
considered to be the higher of the fair value or value in use. The asset’s value in use is considered to be the best indication of its recoverable
amount. Value in use is calculated for customer contractual relationships in the same manner as described above for goodwill and the same
discount rate used.
Capitalised software and development costs are amortised when the assets become available for use on a straight line basis over the
expected useful life of the asset. The carrying value of software and development costs is reviewed for impairment on an ongoing basis
by reference to the stage and expectation of a project.
The amortisation charge for the year includes £2,196,000 (2009: £660,000) relating to capitalised internally generated software costs
and is included in other expenses in the income statement.
The net book value of capitalised internally generated software costs at 31 December 2010 was £16,684,000 (2009: £7,368,000).
There are no charges for impairment during the current or prior financial year.
At 31 December 2010 there were £4,817,000 of assets under development on which no amortisation has been charged (2009: £nil).
15 Property, plant and equipment
At 1 January 2009
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount
Year ended 31 December 2009
Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge
Foreign exchange movements
Closing net book amount
At 31 December 2009
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount
Year ended 31 December 2010
Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge
Foreign exchange movements
Closing net book amount
At 31 December 2010
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount
Land and
buildings
£000
Leasehold
improvements
£000
Vehicles
£000
Furniture
fittings and
equipment
and art
£000
Total
£000
40,413
(25,034)
46,066
(26,398)
15,379
19,668
15,379
2,938
(69)
(4,644)
(151)
19,668
8,246
(296)
(5,127)
(247)
13,453
22,244
968
(418)
550
550
–
(13)
(94)
(1)
442
940
(498)
42,732
(29,279)
53,486
(31,242)
442
13,453
22,244
442
46
(333)
(47)
–
13,453
2,568
(395)
(3,967)
35
22,244
3,462
(1,536)
(4,605)
177
2,985
(200)
2,785
2,785
3,022
–
(59)
–
5,748
6,007
(259)
5,748
5,748
20
–
(81)
77
1,700
(746)
954
954
2,286
(214)
(330)
(95)
2,601
3,807
(1,206)
2,601
2,601
828
(808)
(510)
65
5,764
2,176
108
11,694
19,742
6,104
(340)
5,764
3,162
(986)
2,176
258
(150)
44,678
(32,984)
54,202
(34,460)
108
11,694
19,742
The Group’s land and buildings assets relate to freehold property in the UK and US.
Assets with a net book value of £99,000 were held under finance leases (2009: £398,000). The total depreciation charge for the year
in respect of assets held under finance leases was £24,000 (2009: £56,000) and is included in other expenses.
At 31 December 2010 there were no assets under development upon which no depreciation has yet been charged (2009: £1,906,000).
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
79
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
16 Investments in associates
Year ended 31 December
At beginning of year
Additions during the year
Disposals during the year
Share of post-tax profit recognised for the period
At end of year
The Group’s interests in its principal associates, all of which are unlisted, were as follows:
2010
£000
2009
£000
7,318
7,200
318
(527)
(223)
–
–
118
6,886
7,318
100% results
2010
Associates incorporated in the UK
Associates incorporated in Europe
Associates incorporated in the USA
Total at the end of 2010
2009
Associates incorporated in the UK
Associates incorporated in Europe
Total at the end of 2009
% interest
held at
31 December
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Revenues
£000
Profit after tax
£000
From 25% to 49%
25%
25%
1,847
455
210
2,512
1,230
284
(1)
1,513
1,098
326
11
1,435
185
20
(1,756)
(1,551)
100% results
% interest
held at
31 December
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Revenues
£000
Profi t after tax
£000
From 25% to 49%
up to 25%
11,100
943
12,043
7,800
436
8,236
8,743
1,379
10,122
234
30
264
During the year, the Group disposed of its 40% holding in HIM Capital Holdings Ltd recognising a gain of £458,000.
On 17 December 2010, the Group increased its holding in Blyth Valley Ltd to 100% as referred to in note 33. The company is treated
as a subsidiary of the Group from this date.
The equity interests held by the Group in respect of associates do not have quoted market prices and are not traded regularly in any active
recognised market. The associates concerned have no material impact on the results or assets of the Group. No impairments were identified
during the current or prior financial year under review.
17 Deferred acquisition costs
Balance deferred at 1 January
Acquisition costs incurred in relation to insurance
contracts written
Acquisition costs expensed to the income statement
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2010
Net
£000
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2009
Net
£000
141,505
(17,584)
123,921
131,130
(21,068)
110,062
318,876
(317,645)
(47,218)
47,754
271,658
(269,891 )
312,705
(302,330)
(42,212)
45,696
270,493
(256,634)
Balance deferred at 31 December
142,736
(17,048)
125,688
141,505
(17,584)
123,921
The deferred amount of insurance contract acquisition costs attributable to reinsurers of £17,048,000 (2009: £17,584,000) is not eligible
for offset against the gross balance sheet asset and is included separately within trade and other payables (note 27).
The amounts expected to be recovered before and after one year are estimated as follows:
Within one year
After one year
80
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
2010
£000
2009
£000
124,822
866
123,921
–
125,688
123,921
18 Reinsurance assets
Reinsurers’ share of insurance liabilities
Provision for non-recovery and impairment
Reinsurance assets
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
463,724
(959)
425,572
(5,446)
26
462,765
420,126
The amounts expected to be recovered before and after one year, based on historical experience, are estimated as follows:
Within one year
After one year
236,541
226,224
217,278
202,848
462,765
420,126
Amounts due from reinsurers in respect of outstanding premiums and claims already paid by the Group are included in loans and
receivables (note 20). The Group recognised a gain during the year of £4,487,000 (2009: gain of £2,085,000) in respect of impaired balances.
19 Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets are measured at their bid price values, with all changes from one accounting period to the next being recorded through
the income statement.
Debt and fixed income securities
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Deposits with credit institutions
Total investments
Catastrophe bonds
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial assets carried at fair value
Borrowings from credit institutions carried at amortised cost*
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial liabilities
*The fair value of borrowings from credit institutions is not considered to be signifi cantly different from the amortised cost.
Note
2010
Fair value
£000
2009
Fair value
£000
2,284,513 2,255,737
133,841
11,394
154,862
4,280
2,443,655 2,400,972
11,310
1,018
15,452
–
21
2,459,107 2,413,300
Note
21
2010
Fair value
£000
2009
Fair value
£000
20,000
457
138,000
539
20,457
138,539
An analysis of the credit risk and contractual maturity profiles of the Group’s financial instruments is given in notes 3.2(d) and 3.2(e).
The Group’s investment in catastrophe bonds consists of £15.5 million (2009: £11.3 million), comprising of 13 catastrophe bonds (2009: 12)
with credit ratings of BB or above. The issuers of these securities have used the proceeds to collateralise certain catastrophe reinsurance
obligations mainly in US and European wind and earthquake risks. The investment in these contracts is therefore at risk of loss, in whole
or in part if a covered catastrophe occurs with the maximum loss being equal to the total investment.
The Group’s borrowings from credit institutions at 31 December 2010 are denominated in Pound Sterling (2009: Pound Sterling).
The entire amount from December 2009 was repaid during the year and the amount outstanding at 31 December 2010 is expected
to be repaid in full within one year from the balance sheet date. The movement in fair value of derivative instrument liabilities includes
settlements totalling £1,460,000 (2009: £49,838,000), realised gains of £1,371,000 (2009: £3,234,000) and unrealised losses
of £457,000 (2009: £539,000).
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
81
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
19 Financial assets and liabilities continued
Investments at 31 December are denominated in the following currencies at their fair value:
2010
£000
2009
£000
Debt and fixed income securities
Sterling
US Dollars
Euro and other currencies
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Sterling
US Dollars
Euro and other currencies
Deposits with credit institutions
Sterling
US Dollars
Euro and other currencies
Total investments
20 Loans and receivables including insurance receivables
Gross receivables arising from insurance and reinsurance contracts
Provision for impairment
Net receivables arising from insurance and reinsurance contracts
Due from contract holders, brokers, agents and intermediaries
Due from reinsurance operations
Prepayments and accrued income
Other loans and receivables:
Net profit commission receivable
Accrued interest
Share of Syndicate’s other debtors’ balances
Other debtors including related party amounts
Total loans and receivables including insurance receivables
The amounts expected to be recovered before and after one year are estimated as follows:
Within one year
After one year
514,726
508,292
1,578,075 1,559,673
187,772
191,712
2,284,513 2,255,737
80,226
61,565
13,071
60,549
51,914
21,378
154,862
133,841
3,755
525
–
11,223
171
–
4,280
11,394
2,443,655 2,400,972
2010
£000
2009
£000
412,524
(1,041)
413,449
(955)
411,483
412,494
298,214
113,269
270,593
141,901
411,483
412,494
7,656
10,020
15,276
11,888
23,230
15,881
17,758
12,227
20,273
16,010
485,414
488,782
474,010
11,404
482,194
6,588
485,414
488,782
There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to loans and receivables as the Group has a large number of internationally
dispersed debtors. The Group has recognised a loss of £86,000 (2009: £395,000) for the impairment of receivables during the year ended
31 December 2010.
82
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
21 Derivative financial instruments
The Group entered into both exchange-traded and over the counter derivative contracts for a number of purposes during 2010. The Group
had the right and intention to settle each contract on a net basis. The assets and liabilities of these contracts at 31 December 2010 all mature
within one year of the balance sheet date and are detailed below:
31 December 2010
Derivative financial instrument liabilities included on balance sheet
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Interest rate futures contracts
Credit default swaps
31 December 2009
Derivative financial instrument assets included on balance sheet
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Interest rate futures contracts
Derivative financial instrument liabilities included on balance sheet
Event linked futures contracts
Gross contract
notional amount
£000
Fair value
of assets
£000
Fair value
of liabilities
£000
Net balance
sheet position
£000
20,223
64,407
25,398
10,070
16,557
–
10,500
16,582
2
110,028
26,627
27,084
430
25
2
457
Gross contract
notional amount
£000
50,105
21,288
71,393
Gross contract
notional amount
US$000
2,400
Fair value
of assets
£000
180
906
1,086
Fair value
of assets
£000
18
Fair value
of liabilities
£000
Net balance
sheet position
£000
7
61
68
173
845
1,018
Fair value
of liabilities
£000
Net balance
sheet position
£000
557
539
Foreign exchange forward contracts
During the current and prior year the Group entered into a series of conventional over the counter forward contracts in order to secure
translation gains made on Euro, US Dollar and other non Pound Sterling denominated monetary assets. The contracts require the
Group to forward sell a fixed amount of the relevant currency for Pound Sterling at pre-agreed future exchange rates. The Group made
a gain on these forward contracts of £1,522,000 (2009: £769,000) as included in note 7. The opposite exchange loss is included within
financial investments.
There was no initial purchase cost associated with these instruments.
Interest rate futures contracts
During the year the Group continued short selling a number of government bond futures and sovereign futures denominated in a range
of currencies to informally hedge substantially all of the interest rate risk on specific long portfolios of the matching currencies denominated
corporate bonds. All contracts are exchange traded and the Group made a loss on these futures contracts of £117,000 (2009: £78,000)
as included in note 7.
Event-linked future contracts
In June 2008 the Group commenced trading event-linked future contracts which are transacted on the Chicago Climate Futures Exchange.
The contracts have fixed maturity dates and are structured such that cash inflows are binary in nature and are triggered by the occurrence
of specific natural events in specific geographical zones which cause pre-determined losses to the insurance industry in excess of a specified
amount. The Group itself does not have to suffer losses to receive a payment once the industry loss strike amount on each contract has
been reached. Consequently the contracts are not accounted for as insurance contracts in accordance with IFRS 4. The Group ceased
trading in these instruments during the year, realising a loss on settlement of £5,000 (2009: £609,000).
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
83
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
22 Fair value measurements
In accordance with the Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, the fair value of financial instruments based
on a three-level fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring the fair value is provided below.
As at 31 December 2010
Financial assets
Debt and fixed income securities
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Deposits with credit institutions
Catastrophe bonds
Total
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
As at 31 December 2009
Financial assets
Debt and fixed income securities
Equities and shares in unit trusts
Deposits with credit institutions
Catastrophe bonds
Derivative financial instruments
Total
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Level 1
£000
Level 2
£000
Level 3
£000
Total
£000
516,528 1,767,985
147,866
–
15,452
70
4,280
–
– 2,284,513
154,862
4,280
15,452
6,926
–
–
520,878 1,931,303
6,926 2,459,107
–
Level 1
£000
457
Level 2
£000
–
457
Level 3
£000
Total
£000
627,702 1,628,035
129,419
–
11,310
1,018
162
11,394
–
–
– 2,255,737
133,841
11,394
11,310
1,018
4,260
–
–
–
639,258 1,769,782
4,260 2,413,300
–
539
–
539
The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined by the standard as follows:
Level 1 – fair values measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments;
Level 2 – fair values measured using directly or indirectly observable inputs or other similar valuation techniques for which all significant
inputs are based on observable market data;
Level 3 – fair values measured using valuation techniques for which significant inputs are not based on market observable data.
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets are based on prices provided by investment managers who obtain market data from numerous
independent pricing services. The pricing services used by the investment manager obtain actual transaction prices for securities that have
quoted prices in active markets. For those securities which are not actively traded, the pricing services use common market valuation pricing
models. Observable inputs used in common market valuation pricing models include, but are not limited to, broker quotes, credit ratings,
interest rates and yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates and other such inputs which are available from market sources.
The fair values of the Group’s investments in catastrophe bonds are based on quoted market prices or, where such prices are not available,
by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications.
Investments in mutual funds comprise a portfolio of stock investments in trading entities which are invested in various quoted investments.
The fair value of shares in unit trusts are based on the net asset value of the fund as reported by independent pricing sources or the
fund manager.
Included within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are government bonds, Treasury bills and exchange traded equities which
are measured based on quoted prices.
84
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
22 Fair value measurements continued
Level 2 of the hierarchy contains US Government Agencies, Corporate Securities, Asset Backed Securities and Mortgage Backed Securities
and Catastrophe bonds. The fair value of these assets are based on the prices obtained from both investment managers and investment
custodians as discussed above. The Group records the unadjusted price provided and validates the price through a number of methods
including a comparison of the prices provided by the investment managers with the investment custodians and the valuation used
by external parties to derive fair value. Quoted prices for US Government Agencies and Corporate Securities are based on a limited number
of transactions for those securities and as such the Group considers these instruments to have similar characteristics to those instruments
classified as Level 2. Also included within Level 2 are units held in traditional long funds and long and short special funds and over the
counter derivatives, including event linked future contracts.
Level 3 contains investments in a limited partnership and unquoted equity securities which have limited observable inputs on which
to measure fair value. Unquoted equities are carried at cost, which is deemed to be comparable to fair value. The effect of changing
one or more inputs used in the measurement of fair value of these instruments to another reasonably possible assumption would
not be significant and no further analysis has been performed.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure the fair value of a financial instrument may fall into more than one level within the fair value
hierarchy. In this instance, the fair value of the instrument in its entirety is classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant
to the fair value measurement.
During the year, there were no transfers made between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of opening and closing balances for financial instruments classified under Level 3 of the fair
value hierarchy:
31 December 2010
Balance at 1 January
Total gains or losses through profit or loss*
Purchases
Issues
Settlements
Transfer into Level 2
Closing balance
*Total gains/(losses) are included within the investment result in the income statement.
31 December 2009
Balance at 1 January
Total gains or losses through profit or loss*
Purchases
Issues
Settlements
Transfer into Level 2
Closing balance
*Total gains/(losses) are included within the investment result in the income statement.
23 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand
Short-term bank deposits
Equities and shares
in unit trusts
£000
Deposits with
credit institutions
£000
Derivative financial
instruments
£000
4,260
842
1,824
–
–
–
6,926
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equities and shares
in unit trusts
£000
Deposits with
credit institutions
£000
Derivative fi nancial
instruments
£000
539
245
3,353
123
–
–
4,260
5,877
–
–
–
(5,877)
–
–
40
–
–
–
–
(40)
–
Total
£000
4,260
842
1,824
–
–
–
6,926
Total
£000
6,456
245
3,353
123
(5,877)
(40)
4,260
2010
£000
2009
£000
260,710
75,307
166,780
92,867
336,017
259,647
The Group holds its cash deposits with a well diversified range of banks and financial institutions.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
85
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
24 Share capital
Group
Issued share capital
31 December 2010
31 December 2009
Share
capital
£000
Number
of shares
Share
capital
£000
Number
of shares
20,297 405,943,169
20,158
403,148,858
The amounts presented in the equity structure of the Group above relate to Hiscox Ltd, the legal parent Company.
Changes in Group share capital and contributed surplus
At 1 January 2009
Employee share option scheme – proceeds from shares issued
Dividends to owners of the Company
At 31 December 2009
Employee share option scheme – proceeds from shares issued
Dividends to owners of the Company
At 31 December 2010
Ordinary
share
capital
£000
20,067
91
–
Share
premium
£000
9,418
2,413
–
Contributed
surplus
£000
352,078
–
(48,613)
20,158
11,831
303,465
139
–
3,969
–
–
(58,460)
20,297
15,800
245,005
In accordance with the reverse acquisition provisions of IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the amount of issued share capital included in the
consolidated balance sheet reflects that of Hiscox plc, the Group’s former legal parent company, up until the date of the reverse acquisition
on 12 December 2006 together with that issued subsequently by Hiscox Ltd, the new legal parent, up until each respective balance sheet date.
Contributed surplus is a distributable reserve and arose on the reverse acquisition of Hiscox plc on 12 December 2006.
Equity structure of Hiscox Ltd
At 1 January
Employee share option scheme – ordinary shares issued
At 31 December
All issued shares are fully paid.
Number of
5p ordinary
shares in issue
)
(thousands
2010
Number of
5p ordinary
shares in issue
)
(thousands
2009
403,149
401,331
2,794
1,818
405,943
403,149
Share options and performance share plan awards
Performance share plan awards are granted to Directors and to senior employees. Up until 2005, share options were also granted.
The exercise price of the granted options is equal to the closing mid-market price of the shares on the day before the date of the grant.
No exercise price is attached to performance plan awards, although their attainment is conditional on the employee completing three years’
service (the vesting period) and the Group achieving targeted levels of returns on equity. Share options are also conditional on the employee
completing three years’ service (the vesting period) or less under exceptional circumstances (death, disability, retirement or redundancy).
The options are exercisable starting three years from the grant date only if the Group achieves its targets of return on equity; the options have
a contractual option term of ten years. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to re-purchase or settle the options in cash.
In accordance with IFRS 2 the Group recognises an expense for the fair value of share option and performance share plan award
instruments issued to employees, over their vesting period through the income statement. The expense recognised in the consolidated
income statement during the year was £8,047,000 (2009: £5,260,000). This comprises charges of £7,619,000 (2009: £4,972,000) in respect
of performance share plan awards and £428,000 (2009: £288,000) in respect of share option awards. The Group has applied the principles
outlined in the Black-Scholes option pricing model when determining the fair value of each share option instrument and discounted cash
flow methodology in respect of performance share plan awards.
86
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
24 Share capital continued
Share options and performance share plan awards continued
The range of principal Group assumptions applied in determining the fair value of share based payment instruments granted during the year
under review are:
Assumptions affecting inputs to fair value models
Annual risk free rates of return and discount rates (%)
Long-term dividend yield (%)
Expected life of options (years)
Implied volatility of share price (%)
Weighted average share price (p)
2010
2009
3.4-3.9
3.9-4.14
3.25
29-30
340.4
1.4
4.24
3.25
31
310.8
The weighted average fair value of each share option granted during the year was 81.5p (2009: 85.5p). The weighted average fair value
of each performance share plan award granted during the year was 340.4p (2009: 308.0p).
Movements in the number of share options during the year and details of the balances outstanding at 31 December 2010 are shown
in the Directors’ remuneration report.
The implied volatility assumption is based on historical data for periods of between five and ten years immediately preceding grant date.
For options issued after 1 January 2006 the assumptions regarding long-term dividend yield have been aligned to the progressive dividend
policy announced during the 2005 Rights Issue.
25 Retained earnings and other reserves
Currency translation reserve at 31 December
Retained earnings at 31 December
2010
£000
2009
£000
49,457
37,728
935,555
748,104
The currency translation reserve comprises qualifying net investment gains and losses and foreign exchange differences arising from
the translation of the financial statements of, and investments in, foreign operations.
There were no transactions by the Company in its own shares during the year.
At 31 December 2010 Hiscox Ltd held 25,142,874 shares in treasury (2009: 28,142,874). Additional details are shown in note 37 to these
financial statements in respect of additional Hiscox Ltd shares held by subsidiaries.
26 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets
Gross
Claims reported and claim adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Unearned premiums
Total insurance liabilities, gross
Recoverable from reinsurers
Claims reported and claim adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Unearned premiums
Total reinsurers’ share of insurance liabilities
Net
Claims reported and claim adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Unearned premiums
Total insurance liabilities, net
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
802,254
904,150
573,463
800,307
749,016
573,028
2,279,867 2,122,351
131,697
242,496
88,572
173,987
154,903
91,236
18
462,765
420,126
670,557
661,654
484,891
626,320
594,113
481,792
1,817,102 1,702,225
The amounts expected to be recovered and settled before and after one year, based on historical experience, are estimated as follows:
Within one year
After one year
1,008,399
808,703
939,565
762,660
1,817,102 1,702,225
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
87
Estimates of ultimate claims are
adjusted each reporting period to reflect
emerging claims experience. Changes
in expected claims may result in a reduction
or an increase in the ultimate claim costs
and a release or an increase in reserves
in the period in which the change occurs
(b) Claims development tables
The development of insurance liabilities
provides a measure of the Group’s ability
to estimate the ultimate value of claims.
The Group analyses actual claims
development compared with previous
estimates on an accident year basis.
This exercise is performed to include
the liabilities of Syndicate 33 at the
100% level regardless of the Group’s actual
level of ownership, which has increased
significantly over the last eight years.
Analysis at the 100% level is required
in order to avoid distortions arising
from reinsurance to close arrangements
which subsequently increase the Group’s
share of ultimate claims for each accident
year, three years after the end of that
accident year.
The top half of each table, on the following
pages, illustrates how estimates of ultimate
claim costs for each accident year have
changed at successive year ends.
The bottom half reconciles cumulative
claim costs to the amounts still recognised
as liabilities. A reconciliation of the liability
at the 100% level to the Group’s share,
as included in the Group balance sheet,
is also shown.
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
26 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance
assets continued
The gross claims reported, the loss
adjustment expenses liabilities and the
liability for claims incurred but not reported
are net of expected recoveries from salvage
and subrogation. The amounts for salvage
and subrogation at the end of 2010 and
2009 are not material.
26.1 Insurance contracts assumptions
(a) Process used to decide
on assumptions
The risks associated with insurance
contracts are complex and subject
to a number of variables that complicate
quantitative sensitivity analysis. Uncertainty
over the timing and amount of future
claim payments necessitate the holding
of significant reserves for liabilities that
may only emerge a number of accounting
periods later.
For all risks, the Group uses several
statistical methods to incorporate the
various assumptions made into the ultimate
cost of claims. There is close communication
between the actuaries involved in the
estimation process and the Group’s
underwriters to ensure that all parties
are aware of material factors relating
to outstanding claims reserves.
Adjustments are made within the claims
reserving methodologies to remove
distortions in the historical claims
development patterns from large or isolated
claims not expected to re-occur in the future.
An allowance is also made for the current
rating and inflationary environment.
Outstanding claims reserves are actuarially
estimated primarily using the Chain Ladder
and Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods.
The Chain Ladder method may be applied
to premiums, paid claims or incurred claims
(i.e. paid claims plus case estimates).
The basic technique involves the analysis
of historical claims development factors
and the selection of estimated development
factors based on this historical pattern.
Where losses in the earliest underwriting
years or years of account have yet to fully
develop an adjustment is made to the
pattern to allow for further expected
development. The selected development
factors are then applied to cumulative claims
data for each accident year to produce
an estimated ultimate claims cost for each
accident year.
The Chain Ladder method is adopted for
mature classes of business where sufficient
claims development data is available.
This methodology produces optimal
estimates when a large claims development
history is available and the claims
development patterns throughout the
earliest years are stable. Chain Ladder
techniques are less suitable in cases
in which the insurer does not have
developed claims history data for a
particular class of business (e.g. in relation
to more recent underwriting years or years
of account). In these instances the Group’s
actuaries make reference to the Bornhuetter-
Ferguson method.
The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method is based
on the Chain Ladder approach but utilises
estimated ultimate loss ratios. This method
uses a combination of a benchmark or
market-based estimate and an estimate
based on claims experience. The former
is based on a measure of exposure such
as premiums; the latter is based on the paid
or incurred claims to date. The two estimates
are combined using a formula that gives
more weight to the experience-based
estimate as time passes. This technique
has been used in situations in which
developed claims experience was not
available for the projection (recent accident
years or new classes of business).
Catastrophe events which are expected
to impact multiple business units in the
Group are analysed by the central analysis
team. They combine information from
underwriters, the claims team and past
experience of similar events to produce
gross and net estimates of the ultimate loss
cost to each part of the Group. These figures
are then incorporated by the actuarial team
into the quarterly reserving exercise. This
process ensures that a consistent approach
is taken across the Group.
In exceptional cases the required provision
is calculated with reference to the actual
exposures on individual policies. In addition,
the reserves determined for the managed
Syndicate are converted to annually
accounted figures using earnings patterns
that are consistent with those for the
underlying Syndicate business.
The choice of selected results for each
accident year of each class of business
depends on an assessment of the technique
that has been most appropriate to observed
historical developments. This often means
that different techniques or combinations of
techniques have been selected for individual
accident years or groups of accident years
within the same class of business.
88
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
26 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
26.1 Insurance contracts assumptions continued
(b) Claims development tables continued
Insurance claims and claim adjustment expenses reserves – gross at 100%
2001
£000
2002
£000
2003
£000
2004
£000
2005
£000
2006
£000
2007
£000
2008
£000
2009
£000
2010
£000
Total
£000
476,153
774,979 1,294,900
447,650 739,639 1,297,603
460,941 699,397 1,279,163
410,797 463,733 698,820 1,170,170 604,706 809,548 1,127,349 860,395 1,033,809 7,880,714
701,387
– 6,644,264
680,601
435,108
– 5,867,378
755,321 443,259
– 4,875,455
779,918
427,233
– 4,214,756
823,545 423,050 456,291 702,505 1,273,288 536,077
– 3,622,764
–
398,472 445,561 684,260 1,274,625
819,846
– 2,340,867
–
–
817,655 394,252 440,956 688,004
– 1,641,294
–
–
–
814,774 395,833 430,687
– 1,205,997
–
–
–
–
382,319
823,678
808,695
808,695
–
–
–
–
–
–
719,421 1,033,809 7,514,082
808,695
577,680
556,641 689,800
525,823 702,980
–
–
–
–
–
–
382,319 430,687 688,004 1,274,625 536,077 702,980
726,072 959,350
937,465
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
937,465
719,421
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(751,596)
(347,926)
(394,853)
(604,658) (1,151,238)
(462,855)
(542,307)
(639,622)
(386,599) (182,971)
(5,464,625)
57,099
34,393
35,834
83,346
123,387
73,222
160,673
297,843 332,822 850,838 2,049,457
Total gross liability to external parties at 100% level
*The foreign exchange adjustment arises from the retranslation of the estimates at each date using the exchange rate ruling at 31 December 2010.
Reconciliation of 100% disclosures above to Group’s share – gross
2001
£000
2002
£000
2003
£000
2004
£000
2005
£000
2006
£000
2007
£000
2008
£000
2009
£000
2010
£000
Total
£000
808,695
382,319 430,687 688,004 1,274,625 536,077 702,980
937,465
719,421 1,033,809 7,514,082
(200,059)
(77,565)
(96,451)
(159,837)
(319,643)
(112,599)
(136,453)
(181,382)
(119,007)
(172,924) (1,575,920)
608,636
304,754 334,236
528,167 954,982
423,478 566,527 756,083
600,414 860,885 5,938,162
(751,596)
(347,926)
(394,853)
(604,658) (1,151,238)
(462,855)
(542,307)
(639,622)
(386,599) (182,971) (5,464,625)
184,573
68,737
87,421
141,261
291,641
96,380
101,589
114,995
59,151
20,732 1,166,480
(567,023)
(279,189)
(307,432)
(463,397)
(859,597)
(366,475)
(440,718)
(524,627)
(327,448) (162,239)
(4,298,145)
41,613
25,565
26,804
64,770
95,385
57,003
125,809
231,456 272,966 698,646 1,640,017
Accident year
Estimate of ultimate
claims costs as
adjusted for foreign
exchange* at end
of accident year
one year later
two years later
three years later
four years later
five years later
six years later
seven years later
eight years later
nine years later
Current estimate of
cumulative claims
Cumulative
payments to date
Liability recognised
at 100% level
Liability recognised
in respect of
prior accident years
at 100% level
Accident year
Current estimate of
cumulative claims
Less: attributable
to external Names
Group’s share of
current ultimate
claims estimate
Cumulative
payments to date
Less: attributable
to external Names
Group’s share
of cumulative
payments
Liability for 2001 to
2010 accident years
recognised on Group’s
balance sheet
Liability for accident
years before 2001
recognised on Group’s
balance sheet
84,784
2,134,241
66,387
1,706,404
Total Group liability to external parties included in balance sheet – gross**
**This represents the claims element of the Group’s insurance liabilities.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
89
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
26 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
26.1 Insurance contracts assumptions continued
(b) Claims development tables continued
Insurance claims and claim adjustment expenses reserves – net at 100%
Accident year
Estimate of ultimate
claims costs as
adjusted for foreign
exchange* at end of
accident year
one year later
two years later
three years later
four years later
five years later
six years later
seven years later
eight years later
nine years later
Current estimate of
cumulative claims
Cumulative
payments to date
Liability recognised
at 100% level
Liability recognised
in respect of prior
accident years
at 100% level
Accident year
Current estimate of
cumulative claims
Less: attributable
to external Names
Group’s share of
current ultimate
claims estimate
Cumulative
payments to date
Less: attributable
to external Names
Group’s share
of cumulative
payments
Liability for 2001 to
2010 accident years
recognised on
Group’s balance sheet
Liability for accident
years before 2001
recognised on
Group’s balance sheet
2001
£000
2002
£000
2003
£000
2004
£000
2005
£000
2006
£000
2007
£000
2008
£000
2009
£000
2010
£000
Total
£000
366,197
537,157 700,937 782,336 695,595
277,174
584,744 689,688
337,866
637,695 698,849 585,504
528,737
302,447 386,549 638,962 792,534
380,010
–
695,742
782,878
453,049
617,910
511,509
312,897
–
–
757,545 468,059 585,996
492,745 288,586
–
–
–
747,108 485,738
481,424 282,392
267,860 348,549
–
–
–
–
747,855
466,500
–
–
–
–
–
261,703 344,902
459,225
–
–
–
–
–
333,610
267,290
461,672
–
–
–
–
–
–
461,216 255,949
446,087
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
695,742 585,504
747,855 485,738 585,996
333,610
446,087 255,949
351,754
613,606
575,449
362,671
353,744 576,344
561,005
561,577
–
–
–
561,577
819,110 5,790,804
– 4,951,287
– 4,339,345
– 3,531,051
– 2,926,750
– 2,391,769
– 1,627,407
– 1,062,572
717,165
–
446,087
–
819,110 5,517,168
(391,358)
(229,514)
(300,776)
(488,664)
(639,323)
(421,595)
(451,859)
(484,840)
(321,162) (173,650) (3,902,741)
54,729
26,435
32,834
72,913 108,532
64,143
134,137
210,902 264,342 645,460 1,614,427
Total net liability to external parties at 100% level
*The foreign exchange adjustment arises from the retranslation of the estimates at each date using the exchange rate ruling at 31 December 2010.
Reconciliation of 100% disclosures above to Group’s share – net
2001
£000
2002
£000
2003
£000
2004
£000
2005
£000
2006
£000
2007
£000
2008
£000
2009
£000
2010
£000
Total
£000
446,087 255,949
333,610
561,577
747,855 485,738 585,996
695,742 585,504
819,110 5,517,168
(104,209)
(50,055)
(73,299)
(131,460)
(179,351)
(103,318)
(118,752)
(130,649)
(91,326)
(123,011) (1,105,430)
341,878 205,894
260,311
430,117 568,504
382,420
467,244 565,093
494,178 696,099 4,411,738
(391,358)
(229,514)
(300,776)
(488,664)
(639,323)
(421,595)
(451,859)
(484,840)
(321,162) (173,650) (3,902,741)
89,314
43,108
64,811
114,344
154,111
88,645
87,112
81,953
48,897
22,793
795,088
(302,044)
(186,406)
(235,965)
(374,320)
(485,212)
(332,950)
(364,747)
(402,887)
(272,265) (150,857) (3,107,653)
39,834
19,488
24,346
55,797
83,292
49,470
102,497
162,206
221,913 545,242 1,304,085
37,001
1,651,428
28,126
1,332,211
Total Group liability to external parties included in the balance sheet – net**
**This represents the claims element of the Group’s insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets.
90
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
26 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
26.2 Movements in insurance claims liabilities and reinsurance claims assets
Year ended 31 December
Total at beginning of year
Claims and loss adjustment expenses for year
Cash paid for claims settled in the year
Exchange differences and other movements
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2010
Net
£000
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2009
Net
£000
(1,549,323)
(733,074)
598,179
(22,186)
328,890 (1,220,433)
(570,997)
162,077
478,091
(120,088)
(18,872)
3,314
(1,767,728)
(508,238)
571,689
154,954
426,303 (1,341,425)
(463,218)
460,765
123,445
45,020
(110,924)
(31,509)
Total at end of year
(1,706,404)
374,193 (1,332,211) (1,549,323)
328,890 (1,220,433)
Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
(802,254)
(904,150)
131,697
242,496
(670,557)
(661,654)
(800,307)
(749,016)
173,987
154,903
(626,320)
(594,113)
Total at end of year
(1,706,404)
374,193 (1,332,211) (1,549,323)
328,890 (1,220,433)
The insurance claims expense reported in the consolidated income statement is comprised as follows:
Year ended 31 December
Current year claims and loss adjustment expenses
(Under)/over provision in respect of prior year
claims and loss adjustment expenses
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2010
Net
£000
Gross
£000
Reinsurance
£000
2009
Net
£000
(864,128)
160,277
(703,851)
(725,132)
122,538
(602,594)
131,054
1,800
132,854
216,894
(77,518)
139,376
Total claims and claim adjustment expenses
(733,074)
162,077
(570,997)
(508,238)
45,020
(463,218)
27 Trade and other payables
Creditors arising out of direct insurance operations
Creditors arising out of reinsurance operations
Obligations under finance leases
Share of Syndicate’s other creditors’ balances
Social security and other taxes payable
Other creditors
Reinsurers’ share of deferred acquisition costs
Accruals and deferred income
Total
The amounts expected to be settled before and after one year are estimated as follows:
Within one year
After one year
Note
2010
£000
2009
£000
52,368
181,159
45,476
157,514
233,527
202,990
45
4,887
14,563
13,995
393
316
15,424
20,448
33,490
36,581
17,048
64,933
17,584
82,328
348,998
339,483
36
17
338,541
10,457
336,383
3,100
348,998
339,483
The amounts expected to be settled after one year of the balance sheet date primarily relate to deferred bonuses and the Group’s provision
of sabbatical leave employee benefits.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
91
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
28 Tax expense
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to enacted tax laws in the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated and domiciled.
The principal subsidiaries of the Company and the country in which they are incorporated are listed in note 37.
The amounts charged in the consolidated income statement comprise the following:
Current tax
Expense for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Credit for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Effect of rate change
Total deferred tax
Total tax charged to the income statement
2010
£000
2009
£000
58,228
(1,062)
51,030
2,345
57,166
53,375
(22,532)
(691)
(1,377)
(14,146)
892
–
(24,600)
(13,254)
32,566
40,121
The standard rate of corporation tax in Bermuda is 0% whereas the effective rate of tax for the Group is 15.4% (2009: 12.5%). A reconciliation
of the difference is provided below:
Profit before tax
Tax calculated at the standard corporation tax rate applicable in Bermuda: 0% (2009: 0%)
Effects of:
Group entities subject to overseas tax at different rates
Impact of overseas tax rates on:
Effect of rate change
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised
Other
Sch 23 FA 2003 deduction and share based payments
Non-taxable income
Overseas tax
Prior year tax adjustments
Tax charge for the period
29 Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets
Trading losses in overseas entities
2010
£000
2009
£000
211,366
–
320,618
–
28,866
41,397
(1,377)
273
9,639
396
(1,803)
(2,839)
1,164
(1,753)
–
1,348
(130)
(51)
(2,974)
–
(2,706)
3,237
32,566
40,121
2010
£000
2009
£000
14,077
14,077
The deferred tax asset relates to losses arising in overseas entities and is subject to overseas relief against future profits. Management
considers it probable that taxable profits will arise in future in order to utilise the deferred tax asset.
Net deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Total net deferred tax liability
2010
£000
2009
£000
14,968
(60,389)
17,658
(87,331)
(45,421)
(69,673)
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relating to the same tax authority are presented net in the Group’s balance sheet.
92
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
29 Deferred tax continued
(a) Group deferred tax assets analysed by balance sheet headings
At 31 December
Trading losses in overseas entities
Deferred tax assets
At 31 December
Tangible assets
Trade and other payables
Retirement benefit obligations
Intangible assets – Syndicate capacity
Other items
Total deferred tax assets
(b) Group deferred tax liabilities analysed by balance sheet headings
At 31 December
Investment in associated enterprises
Financial assets
Insurance contracts – equalisation provision*
Open years of account
Total deferred tax liabilities
2009
£000
14,077
14,077
2009
£000
1,604
–
1,310
4,230
10,514
17,658
Income
statement
(charge)/credit
£000
Transfer from
equity
£000
–
–
–
–
Income
statement
(charge)/credit
£000
Transfer from
equity
£000
(238)
990
(1,310)
(349)
(1,434)
(2,341)
–
–
–
–
(349)
(349)
Income
statement
(charge)/credit
£000
2009
£000
Transfer from
equity
£000
(17)
(453)
(16,973)
(17,443)
(69,888)
–
(640)
(6,106)
(6,746)
33,688
(87,331)
26,942
–
–
–
–
–
–
2010
£000
14,077
14,077
2010
£000
1,366
990
–
3,881
8,731
14,968
2010
£000
(17)
(1,093)
(23,079)
(24,189)
(36,200)
(60,389)
* The solvency regulations in the UK require certain entities within the Group to establish an equalisation provision, to be utilised against abnormal levels of future losses in certain lines of business. The regulations prescribe that the provision
is increased every year by an amount that is calculated as a percentage of net premiums written for those lines of business during the fi nancial year subject to a maximum percentage. The amount of each annual increase is a deductible expense
for tax purposes, and the equalisation provision is taxed when released. Equalisation provisions are not permitted under IFRS which therefore results in the temporary difference for tax purposes. Following a change in the legislation at the end
of 2008, Lloyd’s Corporate Members are also entitled to a tax deduction for claims equalisation losses although this is not a solvency requirement for Lloyd’s. The Group has provided for the deferred tax liability on its Corporate Members’ claims
equalisation reserve during the year.
UK deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated at 27%. The UK Government has indicated its intention to reduce UK tax rates
year-on-year to 24% by the full year commencing April 2014, however at the balance sheet date, no such measures were substantially enacted.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through
the future taxable profits is probable. The Group has not provided for deferred tax assets totalling £18,216,000 (2009: £8,452,000) including
£18,088,000 (2009: £8,488,000) in relation to losses in overseas companies of £51,769,000 (2009: £22,138,000). In accordance with IAS
12, all deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.
30 Employee retirement benefit obligations
The Company’s subsidiary, Hiscox plc, operates a defined benefit pension scheme based on final pensionable salary. The scheme closed
to future accrual with effect from 31 December 2006 and active members were offered membership of a defined contribution scheme from
1 January 2007. The funds of the defined benefit scheme are controlled by the trustee and are held separately from those of the Group.
The gross amount recognised in the Group balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit scheme is determined as follows:
Present value of scheme obligations
Fair value of scheme assets
Deficit for funded plans
Unrecognised net actuarial losses
Past service costs recognised in other creditors
Unrecognised surplus deemed irrecoverable
Net amount recognised as a defined benefit obligation
2010
£000
2009
£000
146,737
(144,056)
140,676
(118,391)
2,681
(12,310)
–
9,629
22,285
(17,648)
(11,800)
7,163
–
–
The unrecognised net actuarial losses are the net cumulative gains and losses on both the scheme’s obligations and underlying assets.
As the fair value of scheme obligations exceeds the present value of the scheme assets, the scheme reports a deficit. The Group recognises
actuarial gains and losses using the corridor method as defined in the Group’s accounting policy. As a result of a court ruling in the prior year,
past service costs of £11.8 million were recognised in respect of the equalisation of the scheme obligation for the period between May 1992
and May 1997. The requirement on the scheme to equalise is based on the Barber case in the early 1990s which established that it was
unlawful under EU law for retirement ages for men and women to differ. The past service cost was recognised immediately.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
93
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
30 Employee retirement benefit obligations continued
On 8 July 2010, the UK Government announced its decision to replace the Retail Prices Index (‘RPI’) with the Consumer Prices Index (‘CPI’)
as an inflation measure used to determine the minimum statutory increases to be applied to the revaluation of deferred pensions and to the
increase of pensions in payment.
Based on the rules of the Group’s defined benefit scheme, it is expected that CPI will be allowed to be used for revaluation in deferment but
RPI should be used for increases in payment. The Group has sought legal confirmation that this impact is limited to contracted out members.
The effect of using the CPI to determine the scheme liabilities at 31 December 2010 does not have a significant effect on scheme liabilities.
The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method. A formal
full actuarial valuation is performed on a triennial basis, most recently at 31 December 2008, and updated at each intervening balance sheet
date by the actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows using
interest rates of AA rated corporate bonds that have terms to maturity that approximate to the terms of the related pension liability.
The scheme assets are invested as follows:
At 31 December
Equities
Debt and fixed income assets
Cash
2010
£000
2009
£000
64,249
75,918
3,889
42,488
65,935
9,968
144,056
118,391
The majority of the scheme’s debt and fixed income assets are held through the ownership of units in managed credit funds issued
by Standard Life Assurance Limited which invest in a broad spread of high quality corporate bonds with derivatives used in controlled
conditions to extend durations in some cases.
The amounts recognised in the Group’s income statement are as follows:
Current service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on scheme assets
Past service costs
Amortisation of net actuarial loss
Effect of deemed irrecoverability of surplus
Total included in staff costs
The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £14,516,000 (2009: £4,221,000).
The movement in liability recognised in the Group’s balance sheet is as follows:
At beginning of year
Total expense charged in the income statement of the Group
Past service costs recognised in other creditors
Contributions paid
At end of year
A reconciliation of the fair value of scheme assets is as follows:
Opening fair value of scheme assets
Expected return on scheme assets
Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets
Contributions by the employer
Settlements with scheme members
Benefits paid
Closing fair value of scheme assets
94
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
Notes
2010
£000
2009
£000
346
7,952
(8,441)
–
323
1,520
300
5,720
(7,899)
11,800
–
3,379
9
1,700
13,300
Notes
9
2010
£000
2009
£000
–
1,700
–
(1,700)
–
13,300
(11,800)
(1,500)
–
–
2010
£000
2009
£000
118,391
8,441
6,075
13,500
–
(2,351)
115,166
7,899
(3,678)
1,500
–
(2,496)
144,056
118,391
30 Employee retirement benefit obligations continued
A reconciliation of the present value of scheme obligations of the scheme is as follows:
Opening present value of scheme obligations
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial losses/(gains)
Past service costs
Benefits paid from scheme
Settlements with scheme members
Closing present value of scheme obligations
2010
£000
2009
£000
140,676
346
7,952
114
–
(2,351)
–
101,615
300
5,720
23,737
11,800
(2,496)
–
146,737
140,676
A summary of the scheme’s recent experience is shown below:
Experience gains/(losses) on scheme obligations
Experience gains/(losses) on scheme assets
2010
£000
–
6,075
2009
£000
2008
£000
–
(3,678)
–
(18,107)
2007
£000
2,783
75
2006
£000
2005
£000
(3,310)
6,480
(1,223)
10,764
Additional memorandum information at the end of the current and previous five accounting periods is presented below:
Present value of scheme obligations
Fair value of scheme assets
2010
£000
2009
£000
2008
£000
2007
£000
2006
£000
2005
£000
146,737
(144,056)
140,676
(118,391)
101,615
(115,166)
106,793
(127,576)
137,461
(133,660)
137,533
(101,409)
Present value of unfunded obligations/(surplus scheme assets)
2,681
22,285
(13,551)
(20,783)
Gross liability recognised on balance sheet
–
–
–
–
3,801
3,801
36,124
16,677
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on professional advice, published statistics and actual experience.
The average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at age 60 on the balance sheet date is as follows:
Male
Female
The average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at 60, 15 years after the balance sheet date is as follows:
Male
Female
Other principal actuarial assumptions are as follows:
Discount rate
Expected return on scheme assets
Inflation assumption
Pension increases
2010
years
24.5
27.6
2010
years
25.6
28.6
2010
%
5.40
6.40
3.60
3.60
2009
years
24.5
27.6
2009
years
25.6
28.6
2009
%
5.70
6.50
3.90
3.90
The triennial valuation carried out as at 31 December 2008, resulted in a deficit position of £5.1 million and excludes the impact
of the equalisation of scheme obligations. The cost of equalisation of scheme obligations of £11.8 million was recognised in 2009
and paid in full in 2010. The Group has agreed to fund the £5.1 million deficit paying instalments over four years. During the year
the Group made a second instalment of £1.7 million to the defined benefit scheme (2009: £1.5 million). 61% of any scheme surplus
or deficit calculated is recharged or refunded to Syndicate 33.
The expected return on scheme assets is based on historical data and management’s expectations of long-term future returns.
While management believes that the actuarial assumptions are appropriate, any significant changes to those could affect the balance
sheet and income statement. Whilst an additional one year of life expectancy for all scheme members might be expected to reduce
the present value of unfunded obligations at 31 December 2010 by approximately £80,000 (2009: £4 million), the Group considers
that the most sensitive and judgemental assumptions are the discount rate and inflation.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
95
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
30 Employee retirement benefit obligations continued
The Group has estimated the sensitivity of the net obligation recognised in the consolidated balance sheet to isolated changes in these
assumptions at 31 December 2010 as follows:
Present value
of unfunded
obligations
before change
in assumption
£000
Present value
of unfunded
obligations
after change
£000
(Increase)
/decrease
in obligation
recognised on
balance sheet
£000
Effect of a change in discount rate
Use of discount rate of 5.15%
Effect of an increase in inflation
Use of inflation assumption of 3.85%
2,681
10,887
2,681
5,946
–
–
31 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number
of shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares held by the Group and held in treasury as own shares.
Basic
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (thousands)
Basic earnings per share (pence per share)
2010
2009
178,800
379,064
47.2p
280,497
372,848
75.2p
Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated adjusting for the assumed conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company
has one category of dilutive potential ordinary shares, share options and awards. For the share options, a calculation is made to determine
the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average annual market share price of the Company’s
shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated
as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (thousands)
Adjustments for share options (thousands)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (thousands)
Diluted earnings per share (pence per share)
2010
2009
178,800
280,497
379,064
14,662
372,848
14,966
393,726
387,814
45.4p
72.3p
Diluted earnings per share has been calculated after taking account of 13,996,961 (2009: 14,345,744) options and awards under employee
share option and performance plan schemes and 665,060 (2009: 619,870) options under SAYE schemes.
32 Dividends paid to owners of the Company
Interim dividend for the year ended:
31 December 2010 of 5.0p (net) per share
31 December 2009 of 4.5p (net) per share
Second interim dividend for the year ended:
31 December 2009 of 10.5p (net) per share
Final dividend for the year ended:
31 December 2008 of 8.5p (net) per share
2010
£000
2009
£000
19,018
–
–
16,834
39,442
–
–
31,779
58,460
48,613
Subject to shareholder approval at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 8 June 2011, a scrip dividend alternative to a cash
dividend is to be offered to the owners of the Company. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend as a distribution or liability
in accordance with IAS 10 Events after the reporting period.
96
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
33 Acquisitions
On 15 December 2010, the group increased its 25.2% holding in Blyth Valley Ltd to 100%. Full control of the company was obtained
and as such the Group have consolidated the results of Blyth Valley Ltd at 31 December 2010. Total cash consideration of £3,662,220
was paid representing net identifiable assets acquired of £243,000 and customer relationships not previously recognised by Blyth Valley
Ltd of £3,619,000.
In addition, the Group acquired a 25% holding in InsuranceBee Inc for total consideration of $500,000 (£323,000). InsuranceBee Inc
was, until the Group acquired 100% of Blyth Valley Ltd, the American sister company of Blyth Valley Ltd and is a specialist errors and
omissions insurance broker.
34 Disposals
During the year, the Group disposed of its 40% holding in HIM Capital Holdings Limited recognising a gain on disposal of £458,000.
35 Contingencies and guarantees
The Group’s subsidiaries are like most other insurers, continuously involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation in the normal course
of business.
The Group is subject to insurance solvency regulations in all the territories in which it issues insurance contracts. There are no contingencies
associated with the Group’s compliance or lack of compliance with these regulations.
The following guarantees have also been issued:
(a)
Hiscox Ltd and Hiscox Capital Ltd have entered into deeds of covenant in respect of a subsidiary, Hiscox Dedicated Corporate Member
Limited, to meet the subsidiaries obligations at Lloyd’s. The total guarantee given under these deeds of covenant (subject to limitations)
amounts to £15 million (2009: £15 million) in respect of Hiscox Ltd and $350 million (2009: $350 million) in respect of Hiscox Capital Ltd.
The obligations in respect of this deed of covenant are secured by a fixed and floating charge over certain of the investments and other
assets of the company in favour of Lloyd’s. Lloyd’s has a right to retain the income on the charged investments in circumstance where
it considers there to be a risk that the covenant might need to be called and may be met in full.
(b)
On 5 July 2010 Hiscox plc entered into a new Letter of Credit and revolving credit facility with Lloyds TSB Bank, for a total $750 million
which may be drawn in cash (under a revolving credit facility), Letter of Credit or a combination thereof, providing that the cash portion
does not exceed $450 million. In addition the terms also provide that upon request the facility may be drawn in a currency other than
USD. At 31 December 2010 $165 million (2009: $225 million) was drawn by way of Letter of Credit to support the Funds at Lloyd’s
requirement and a further £20 million (2009: £138 million) by way of cash.
(c)
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited has arranged a Letter of Credit of £50,000 (2009: £50,000) with NatWest Bank plc to support
its consortium activities with Lloyd’s.
(d)
(e)
The managed syndicate is subject to the New Central Fund annual contribution, which is an annual fee calculated on gross premiums
written. This fee was 0.5% for 2010 and 2009. In addition to this fee, the Council of Lloyd’s has the discretion to call a further
contribution of up to 3% of capacity if required.
As Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited is not an admitted insurer or reinsurer in the US, the terms of certain US insurance
and reinsurance contracts require Hiscox to provide Letters of Credit or other terms of collateral to clients. On 27 February 2009,
Hiscox renegotiated its previous US$300 million facility and entered into a Letter of Credit Reimbursement and Pledge Agreement with
Citibank for the provision of a Letter of Credit facility in favour of US ceding companies. The agreement was a three-year secured facility
that allowed Hiscox to request the issuance of up to US$450 million in Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit issued under these facilities are
collateralised by pledged US Government Securities of Hiscox Bermuda. Letters of Credit under this facility totalling US$89,110,000
were issued with an effective date of 31 December 2010 (2009: US$109,000,000).
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
97
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
continued
36 Capital and lease commitments
Capital commitments
The Group’s capital expenditure contracted for at the balance sheet date but not yet incurred for property, plant and equipment
was £229,000 (2009: £614,000).
Operating lease commitments
The Group acts as both lessee and lessor in relation to various offices in the UK and overseas which are held under non-cancellable
operating lease agreements. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. The Group also has payment obligations
in respect of operating leases for certain items of office equipment. Operating lease rental expenses for the year totalled £7,171,000
(2009: £5,656,000). Operating lease rental income for the year totalled £635,000 (2009: £468,000).
The aggregate minimum lease payments required by the Group under non-cancellable operating leases, over the expected lease terms,
are as follows:
No later than one year
Later than one year and no later than five years
Later than five years
Land and buildings
Office equipment
Land and buildings
Office equipment
Land and buildings
2010
£000
2009
£000
7,505
28
24,737
1
26,437
5,683
177
15,730
457
14,501
58,708
36,548
The total future aggregate minimum lease rentals receivable by the Group as lessor under non-cancellable operating property leases
are as follows:
No later than one year
Later than one year and no later than five years
Later than five years
2010
£000
275
344
–
619
2009
£000
468
1,053
–
1,521
Obligations under finance leases
It is the Group’s policy to lease certain of its motor vehicles under finance lease arrangements. The leases have a typical term of three
years and are on a fixed repayment basis with a final lump sum component at the end of each agreement should the Group decide to acquire
ownership of the vehicle. Interest rates are fixed at the contract commencement date. The Group’s obligations under leases are secured
by the lessors’ charges over the leased assets.
Finance lease interest expense for the year totalled £8,806 (2009: £20,000).
The finance lease obligations to which the Group is committed include the following minimum lease payments:
Current liabilities due for settlement no later than one year
Non-current liabilities due for settlement after one year and no later than five years
Less: future finance lease interest charges
The present value of the minimum lease payments is not materially different to the currently disclosed obligation.
2010
£000
45
–
45
(1)
44
2009
£000
226
177
403
(10)
393
98
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
37 Principal subsidiary companies of Hiscox Ltd at 31 December 2010
Company
Nature of business
Country
Hiscox plc*
Hiscox Insurance Company Limited
Hiscox Insurance Company (Guernsey) Limited*
Hiscox Holdings Inc.
ALTOHA Inc.
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc.
Hiscox Inc.
Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited*
Hiscox Dedicated Corporate Member Limited
Hiscox Holdings Limited**
Hiscox Insurance Holdings Limited
Hiscox Syndicates Limited
Hiscox Underwriting Group Services Limited
Hiscox Capital Ltd*
Hiscox Underwriting Ltd
Hiscox Europe Underwriting Limited
*Held directly.
**Hiscox Holdings Limited held 54,560 shares in Hiscox Ltd (2009: 54,560) at 31 December 2010.
Holding company
General insurance
General insurance
Insurance holding company
Holding company
General insurance
Underwriting agent
General insurance and reinsurance
Lloyd’s corporate Name
Insurance holding company
Insurance holding company
Lloyd’s managing agent
Service company
General insurance
Underwriting agent
Insurance intermediary
Great Britain
Great Britain
Guernsey
USA (Delaware)
USA (Delaware)
USA (Illinois)
USA (Delaware)
Bermuda
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Bermuda
Great Britain
Great Britain
All companies are wholly-owned. The proportion of voting rights of subsidiaries held is the same as the proportion of equity shares held.
38 Related-party transactions
Details of the remuneration of the Group’s key personnel are shown in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 37 to 45. A number
of the Group’s key personnel hold insurance contracts with the Group, all of which are on normal commercial terms and are not material
in nature.
The following transactions were conducted with related parties during the year.
(a) Syndicate 33 at Lloyd’s
Hiscox Syndicates Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received management fees and profit commissions for providing
a range of management services to Syndicate 33.
Value of services provided by Hiscox Syndicates Limited to Syndicate 33
Amounts receivable from Syndicate 33 at 31 December excluding profit commission accrued
2010
£000
2009
£000
44,538
50,845
13,163
964
(b) Transactions with associates
Certain companies within the Group conduct insurance and other business with associates. These transactions arise in the normal course
of obtaining insurance business through brokerages, and are based on arm’s length arrangements.
Gross premium income achieved through associates
Commission expense charged by associates
Amounts payable to associates at 31 December
Amounts receivable from associates at 31 December
Details of the Group’s associates are given in note 16.
Total
2010
£000
Total
2009
£000
13,228
18,530
3,285
4,632
–
–
–
–
(c) Internal reinsurance arrangements
During the current and prior year, there were a number of reinsurance arrangements entered into in the normal course of trade between
various Group companies.
The related results of these transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.
39 Subsequent events
Significant flooding in Queensland, Australia, dominated the end of 2010 and beginning of 2011. The Group has provided for £10 million
in relation to the net losses which it believes were incurred pre 31 December 2010. The start of 2011 also saw a severe tropical cyclone,
Yasi, make landfall in northern Queensland. On 22 February 2011, an earthquake measuring 6.3 on the Richter scale struck approximately
ten kilometres south-east of Christchurch, New Zealand’s second most populous city. The earthquake caused extensive damage in
the Christchurch area and, although it is too early to assess, the Group expects to report losses of a similar or greater magnitude as those
recorded for the September 2010 New Zealand earthquake. Losses relating to these events in 2011 are not included within the results
for 2010.
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
99
Five year summary
Results
Gross premiums written
Net premiums written
Net premiums earned
Profit before tax
Profit for the year after tax
Assets employed
Intangible assets
Financial assets carried at fair value
Cash and cash equivalents
Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets
Other net assets
Net assets
Net asset value per share (p)
Key statistics
Basic earnings per share (p)
Diluted earnings per share (p)
Combined ratio (%)
Return on equity (%)
Dividends per share (p)
Share price – high* (p)
Share price – low* (p)
2010
£000
2009
£000
†
2008
£000
2007
£000
2006
£000
1,432,674 1,435,401 1,147,364 1,198,949 1,126,164
975,397
898,394
1,131,627 1,157,023
888,828
928,095
1,131,158 1,098,102
201,062
105,180
320,618
163,846
70,808
280,497
974,910
965,190
237,199
191,248
211,366
178,800
50,413
64,108
48,557
33,212
2,459,107 2,413,300 2,081,772 1,747,827 1,241,910
502,871
440,622
(1,817,102) (1,702,225) (1,773,622) (1,433,799) (1,291,329)
195,421
153,697
223,984
336,017
259,647
302,742
167,082
100,151
40,452
1,266,114 1,121,286
951,026
824,304
682,085
332.7
299.2
258.1
209.5
173.2
47.2
45.4
89.3
16.5
75.2
72.3
86.0
30.1
18.8
18.1
75.3
9.2
48.4
46.8
84.4
28.8
41.7
40.5
89.1
28.9
16.50
15.00
12.75
12.00
10.00
381.40
317.00
362.00
277.00
361.00
194.75
304.50
246.75
280.25
193.75
*Closing mid market prices.
† As a result of a change in presentation, 2008 and later years included acquisition costs for the purchase of reinsurance contracts within expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts. Earlier years include these costs within ‘outward
reinsurance premiums’.
100
Five year summary Hiscox Ltd Report and Accounts 2010
To request a copy of the 2010
Hiscox corporate brochure
visit www.hiscox.com
Design: Browns
www.brownsdesign.com
Print: Pureprint
www.pureprint.com
Photography:
Portraits © John Ross
and Matthew Septimus
Cover © Getty Images
This report has been printed
in the UK by Pureprint Group,
a CarbonNeutral® company,
using their environmental
printing technology.
Vegetable-based inks were
used throughout. The paper
is 100% recycled and
the pulp is bleached using
a totally chlorine free (TCF)
process. Both printer and
paper mill are ISO14001
and registered to EMAS.
Hiscox Ltd
4th Floor
Wessex House
45 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda
T +1 441 278 8300
F +1 441 278 8301
E enquiries@hiscox.bm
www.hiscox.com
8280 03/10